SE 400 Stahlin Non Metallic Enclosures Catalog 297241

106316-Catalog 106316-Catalog 106316-Catalog 785928 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

636850-Catalog 636850-Catalog 636850-Catalog 785928 Batch6 unilog cesco-content

636850-Brochure 636850-Brochure 636850-Brochure 785928 Batch6 unilog cesco-content

103555-Catalog 103555-Catalog 103555-Catalog 785928 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

: Pdf 297241-Catalog 297241-Catalog 785928 Batch5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 198

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures
Complete Product Catalog
SE-400
Fiberglass, Polycarbonate & PVC
Electrical and Instrumentation Enclosures

Table_of_Contents_2011_5_Table_of_Contents_2011_2_v7 8/22/11 2:08 PM Page 1

General
Information
ModRight™

Table of Contents

DiamondShield
Series
Classic Series
Small Junction
Series

2-3

Introduction

4 - 11

General Information

DiamondShield Series

14 - 39

Classic Series

40 - 53

Small Junction Series

54 - 59

Pushbutton Series

60 - 67

J/RJ Series

12 - 13

Pushbutton
Series

ModRight™

PolyStar™

68 - 107

J / RJ Series

114 - 119

New Sentry® Series

120 - 123

N Series - Wall Mount and Control Tower®

124 - 139

Disconnects

140 - 143

Accessories

144 - 159

Technical Information

160 - 187

Appendix: Glossary & Part Number Index

188 - 195

N Series

DuraBoxx® Series

New Sentry®
Series

108 - 113
DuraBoxx®

PolyStar™ Series

Disconnects
Accessories
Technical
Information

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

1

Glossary

Stahlin Enclosures

01b_Intro_2011_2_Intro_2011 9/19/11 8:11 PM Page 2

Introduction

Introduction - Stahlin Product Catalog
How To Use Our Catalog

Designers and builders recognize that an original idea is only a framework for the
final concept. The idea will undergo many transformations to become a finished
vital product. But the quality of the original framework will greatly influence the
quality of the final outcome.

So it is with the original choice of enclosures. The choice represents the formation
of a creative idea and assists in making it a reality. This catalog is about creative
stimulation and the challenge to find your own unique
solution.
Stahlin Product Catalog

The pages have been arranged to assist you with
ordering information and the development of proper part numbers. Colored tabs help to define
key product areas and design concepts. They are provided as a means of quickly locating
products found in the index and a reference to parts of the catalog to which you might often return.
A full listing of Stahlin part numbers is offered at the rear of the catalog to help you easily find your way to
the appropriate product pages.

Additionally, each principle category has first been given a
general overview, then a technical specification of each
configuration available, such as the type of hinge or latch. And
finally, we give you a close up look at each technical drawing.

Classic Series intro pages

Classic Series technical drawings
and chart

Classic Series technical specifications

Stahlin Enclosures

2

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

01b_Intro_2011_2_Intro_2011 9/19/11 8:11 PM Page 3

Introduction - Stahlin Product Website
How To Use Our Website

www.Stahlin.com
Visit us online for up-to-date
information and great customer
service: Stahlin Enclosures website
features all of our product information
as well as offering a direct Customer
Service channel to facilitate and direct
your requests to maintaining a quick
response.
In most cases, Stahlin Enclosures
Customer Service team returns online
request information in 24 hours!

Take our online tour in the “About
Us” section

options to click and learn more throughout our website.

The “About Us” area of our website sections offer the
links and information to learn more about our products

Join our social media and news resources by clicking
on the icons featured on our web pages.

and manufacturing facilities.

The Media Library
Directly download our latest Catalog and Price
Guide

Stahlin.com offers complete access to ALL Stahlin’s
literature, including an online form allowing ordering of

Keep your ordering records up-to-date with Stahlin

Stahlin Enclosures hard-copy, printed materials. Simply

product information at your fingertips.

fill-out your online order form and we'll mail you the

CAD Files

literature piece requested.

All our enclosure product CAD files are available for

That’s right! You can order this catalog and other

download at your convenience.

literature pieces at www.stahlin.com.

Simply use our Search interface or Product area to

Our online Customer Service and timely

guide yourself to the desired enclosure and choose

responsiveness is “top-notch”!

CAD Download options to access our files.
If you have any other product or industrial related

Social Networks and News articles

questions please feel free to call us directly or visit our
Stahlin Enclosures home page immediately offers
website: www.stahlin.com
current company and product news introductions with

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

3

General
Information

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 4

General Information

General
Information

Standards
Application
The products in this catalog are designed for electrical and
electronic enclosure applications in commercial or industrial
locations that are classified as non-hazardous. Information on the
classification of hazardous and non-hazardous locations appears
at the end of this section.
The enclosure products in this publication should be applied,
installed and used only by qualified engineers, technicians or
electricians knowledgeable of the standards, laws, regulations
and ordinances associated with the respective application. The
information in this section has been condensed from several
references and is provided for guidance in selecting the
appropriate enclosure for an application. The original reference
must be consulted for detailed information.

Industry Standards
The following information is provided with permission of the
respective organizations to assist in the selection of an enclosure:

performance requirements for most conditions. Because of these
differences in tests and evaluations, the IEC enclosure ratings
cannot be directly translated with NEMA enclosure Type ratings.

Reference Documents and Sources
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
1300 North 17th ST, Suite 1847
Rosslyn, VA 22209
www.nema.org
NEMA Standards Publication 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts
Maximum) and NEMA Standards Publication ICS6, Enclosures for Industrial
Controls and Systems.
Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
178 Rexdale Blvd.
Etobicoke, Ontario, Canada M9W 1R3
www.csa.ca
CSA Standard C22.2 No. 14 Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Ordinary (NonHazardous) Locations; CSA Standard C22.2 No. 40 Cut-Out, Junction and Pull
Boxes; and CSA Standard 22.2 No. 94 Special Purpose Enclosures

Enclosure Ratings
What are Ratings?
As a way of standardizing enclosure performance, organizations
like NEMA, UL, CSA and IEC use rating systems to identify an
enclosure's ability to resist external environmental influences.
These influences include falling dirt or liquids, hose directed water
to complete submersion and each are broken out by the TYPE
rating. While these ratings are intended to assist you in your
enclosure selection there are differences among the
organizations.

North American Standards Organizations
In North America, NEMA, UL and CSA are the more common
recognized standards organizations. Ratings between these
organizations are similar in description and performance. UL and
CSA both required enclosure testing that is conducted in certified
labs. They also conduct site evaluations or field audits to ensure
manufacturers adheres to prescribed manufacturing methods and
material specifications within the approved UL/CSA files. NEMA
publishes a standard for ratings and testing, but does not test or
list enclosures.

International Standards Organizations
IEC does not require independent testing, similar to NEMA, but
there are differences in the interpretation between the two
organizations. For example, under the IEC standards for each
level of ingress protection (IP), a certain amount of water is
allowed to enter the enclosure. Unlike UL or CSA, water-tight
means simply that. Any amount of water ingress regardless of
size or amount is considered a failure to the specification.
IEC 60529 IP ratings do not specify construction or degrees or
protection, while NEMA type ratings do specify construction and

Stahlin Enclosures

4

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, IL 60062-2096
www.ul.com
Underwriters Laboratories of Canada
7 Crouse Road
Scarborough, Ontario, Canada M1R 3A9
UL 50 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment; UL 94 Tests for Flammability of Plastic
Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances; UL 508 Industrial Control
Equipment; UL 870 Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters and Associated Fittings; and UL
746C Polymeric Materials - Use in Electrical Equipment Evaluations
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
1 Rue de Varembei
CH-1211
Geneva 20, Switzerland
www.iec.ch
IEC 529 Classification of Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures
IEC 204 Electrical Equipment of Industrial Machines
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
1430 Broadway
New York, NY 10018
www.ansi.org
ANSI Z55.1 Gray Finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
Batterymarch Park
Quincy, MA 02269
www.nfpa.org
NFPA 70 National Electric Code
NFPA 79 Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 5

General
Information

General Information – North American Standards
NEMA, UL, and CSA Ratings
NEMA, UL, and CSA are standard writing organizations
commonly recognized in North America. Their ratings are
based on similar application descriptions and expected
performance. UL and CSA both require enclosure testing by
qualified evaluators. They also send site inspectors to make

sure a manufacturer adheres to prescribed manufacturing
methods and material specifications. NEMA, on the other
hand, does not require independent testing and leaves
compliance completely up to the manufacturer.

Enclosure Types Non-Hazardous Location
Enclosure
Rating

National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(NEMA Standard 250) and Electrical and
Electronic Mfg. Association of Canada (EEMAC)

Type 1

Enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to
provide a degree of protection against contact with the
enclosed equipment or locations where unusual service conditions do not exist.

Indoor use primarily to provide protection against
contact with the enclosed equipment and against a
limited amount of falling dirt.

General purpose enclosure. Protects against
accidental contact with live parts.

Type 2

Enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to
provide a degree of protection against limited amounts
of falling water and dirt.

Indoor use to provide a degree of protection against
limited amounts of falling water and dirt.

Indoor use to provide a degree of protection against
dripping and light splashing of noncorrosive liquids and falling dirt.

Type 3

Enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily to
provide a degree of protection against windblown dust,
rain, and sleet; undamaged by the formation of ice on
the enclosure.

Outdoor use to provide a degree of protection
against windblown dust and windblown rain;
undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure.

Indoor or outdoor use; provides a degree of
protection against rain, snow, and windblown dust;
undamaged by the external formation of ice on the
enclosure.

Type 3R

Enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily to
provide a degree of protection against falling rain sleet;
undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure.

Outdoor use to provide a degree of protection
against falling rain; undamaged by the formation of
ice on the enclosure.

Indoor or outdoor use; provides a degree of protection against rain and snow; undamaged by the external formation of ice on the enclosure.

Type 4

Enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against windblown dust and rain, splashing water, and hose-directed water; undamaged by the
formation of ice on the enclosure.

Either indoor or outdoor use to provide a degree of
protection against falling rain, splashing water, and
hose-directed water; undamaged by the
formation of ice on the enclosure.

Indoor or outdoor use; provides a degree of protection against rain, snow, windblown dust, splashing
and hose-directed water; undamaged by the formation of ice on on the enclosure.

Type 4X

Enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against corrosion, windblown dust and rain, splashing water, and
hose-directed water; undamaged by the formation of
ice on the enclosure.

Either indoor or outdoor use to provide a degree of
protection against falling rain, splashing water, and
hose-directed water; undamaged by the formation of
ice of ice on the enclosure; resists corrosion.

Indoor or outdoor use; provides a degree of protection against rain, snow, windblown dust, splashing
and hose-directed water; undamaged by the external
formation of ice on the enclosure; resists corrosion.

Enclosures are intended for use indoors or
outdoors where occasional submersion is encountered. limited depth; undamaged by the formation of
ice on the enclosure.

Indoor or outdoor use to provide a degree of
protection against entry of water during
temporary submersion at a at a limited depth;
undamaged by the external formation of ice on the
enclosure.

Indoor or outdoor use; provides a degree of
protection against the entry of water during
temporary submersionat a limited depth. Undamaged
by the external formation of ice on the enclosure;
resists corrosion.

Indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree
of protection against hose-directed water, the entry
of water during prolonged submersion at a limited
depth and damage from external ice formation.

Indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree
of protection against hose-directed water, the entry
of water during prolonged submersion at a limited
depth and damage from external ice formation.

Type 6P

Enclosures constructed for either indoor or outdoor
use to provide a degree of protection to personnel
against access to hazardous parts; to provide a degree
of protection of the equipment inside the enclosure
against ingress of solid foreign objects (falling dirt); to
provide a degree of protection with respect to harmful
effects on the equipment due to the ingress of water
(hose directed water and the entry of water during prolonged submersion at a limited depth); that provides
an additional level of protection against corrosion and
that will be undamaged by the external formation of ice
on the enclosure.

Type 12

Enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to
provide a degree of protection against dust, falling dirt,
and dripping noncorrosive liquids.

Indoor use to provide a degree of protection against
dust, dirt, fiber flyings, dripping water, and external
condensation of noncorrosive liquids.

Indoor use; provides a degree of protection against
circulating dust, lint, fibers, and flyings; dripping and
light splashing of non-corrosive liquids; not provided
with knockouts.

Type 13

Enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to
provide a degree of protection against dust, spraying
of water, oil, and noncorrosive coolant.

Indoor use to provide a degree of protection against
lint, dust seepage, external condensation and
spraying of water, oil, and noncorrosive liquids.

Indoor use; provides a degree of protection against
circulating dust, lint, fibers, and flyings; seepage and
spraying of non-corrosive liquids, including oils and
coolants.

This material is reproduced with permission from
NEMA. The preceding descriptions, however, are not
intended to be complete representations of National
Electrical Manufacturers Association standards for
enclosures or those of the Electrical and Electronic
Manufacturers Association of Canada.

This material is reproduced with permission from
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Enclosures for Electrical
Equipment, UL 50, Copyright 1995 and Industrial
Control Equipment, UL 508, Copyright 1996 by
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) shall not be responsible for the use of or reliance upon a UL Standard by
anyone. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability
damages, including consequential damages, arising out
of or connection with the use, interpretation of, or
reliance upon a UL Standard.

This material is reproduced with permission from the
Canadian Standards Association.

Type 6

Stahlin Enclosures

•

Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
(UL 50, UL50e and UL 508)

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

Canadian Standards Association
(Standard C22.2 No. 94)

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

5

General
Information

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 6

General Information

General
Information

NA Standards continued and International Standards (IP Code)
Comparison of Enclosure Types for Non-hazardous Locations
Provides a Degree of Protection Against the
Following Environmental Conditions
Incidental Contact with Enclosed Equipment
Indoor
Outdoor
Falling Dirt
Dripping and Light Splashing Liquids
Rain, Sleet*, Snow
Circulating Dust, Lint, Fibers and Flyings
Settling Dust, Lint, Fibers and Flyings
External Ice*
Hosedown and Splashing Water
Oil and Coolant Seepage
Oil and Coolant Spraying and Splashing
Corrosive Agents
Occasional Temporary Submersion
Occasional Prolonged Submersion

Type of Enclosure

1

3

3R

4

4X

6

6P

12

13

•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•

•

•

•
•
•

•
•

•

•

*External operating mechanisms are not required to be operable when the enclosure is ice covered

A Brief Comparison Of NEMA – "Enclosure for Electrical
Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)" and IEC 60529 –
"Degrees of Protection Provided By Enclosures (IP Code)"
This publication is intended to provide a brief comparison and
explanation of some of the basic differences between NEMA
Standard 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts
maximum) and IEC Standard 60529, Degrees of Protection
provided by Enclosures (IP Code). For a detailed comparison of
the differences between the NEMA 250 and IEC 60529
performance specifications, please refer to the respective
documents.

The first characteristic numeral indicates the degree of protection
provided by the enclosure with respect to persons having access to
hazardous parts and with respect to solid foreign objects entering the
enclosure. See Table 1.

IEC 60529 is a standard developed through the International
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) that describes a system for
classifying the degrees of protection provided by an enclosure. An
"enclosure" as used in 60529 is "a part providing protection of
equipment against certain external influences and in any direction
protection against direct contact".

What does the second numeral of an IP Code indicate?
The second numeral indicates the degree of protection provided by the
enclosure with respect to the harmful ingress of water. See Table 2.

If a requirement for an enclosure Type is specified, can
an equivalent IP rated enclosure be substituted?

What is not covered by IEC 60529?
IEC 60529 is NOT a "product standard" and does not cover
enclosure requirements other than the "degree of protection"
provided. For instance IEC 60529 does not specify the corrosion
protection and other environmental operating requirements and tests
defined in NEMA 250.

What does "degree of protection" mean in IEC 60529?
"Degree of protection" is a term used in the standard to describe:
1. The protection of persons against access to hazardous parts inside
the enclosure.
2. The protection of the equipment inside the enclosure against
ingress of solid foreign objects;
3. The protection of the equipment inside the enclosure against
harmful effects due to the ingress of water.

6

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

The IP Code is a designation that indicates the level, or amount, of
the protection. The IP Code designation consists of the letters IP
(International Protection or Ingress Protection) followed by two
numerals. In some instances there may be an optional letter or third
digit representing protection against access and mechanical impacts.
These two items are beyond the scope of this reference. Please
consult additional resources as required.

What does the first numeral of an IP Code indicate?

What is IEC 60529 and what does it cover?

Stahlin Enclosures

What is an "IP Code"?

No! The IP Code only addresses requirements for protection of
people, ingress of solid objects, and ingress of water. There are
numerous other requirements covered by the Type designations that
are not addressed by the IEC 60529/IP Codes. IEC 60529 does not
specify:
• Construction requirements
• Effects of icing
• Door and cover securement
• Gasket aging and oil resistance
• Corrosion resistance
• Coolant effects
The Type designation specifies requirements for these
additional performance protections. For this reason, the IEC
enclosure IP Codes designations CANNOT be converted to
enclosure Type numbers. For general cross reference comparison
see See Table 2.

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 7

General
Information

General Information - IP Code
Table 1.

First Number

Second Number

Protection against solid objects.

Protection against liquids.

0

No Protection

0

No Protection

1

Protected against solid
objects up to 50 mm e.g.
accidental touch by
hands.

1

Protected against
vertically falling drops
of water.

2

Protected against solid
objects over 12 mm. e.g.
fingers.

2

Protected against
direct sprays of water
up to 15˚ from the
vertical.

3

Protected against solid
objects over 2.5 mm.
e.g. fingers.
(tools and small wires)

3

Protected against
sprays to 60˚ from
the vertical.

4

Protected against solid
objects over 1 mm.
e.g. fingers.
(tools and small wires)

4

Protected against
water sprayed from all
directions – limited
ingress permitted.

5

Protected against dust –
limited ingress permitted
(no harmful deposits.)

5

Protected against low
pressure jets of water
from all directions –
limited ingress
permitted.

6

Totally protected
against dust.

6

Protected against
strong jets of water e.g.
for us on ship decks –
limited ingress
permitted.

7

Protected against the
effects of immersion
between 15 cm and 1 m.

8

Protected against long
periods of immersion
under water.

15 cm min.

1m

1m

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

7

General
Information

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 8

General Information

General
Information

IP Code continued
Table 2.

Assignment of IP Designations to NEMA Type Enclosure Ratings
NEMA Rating

IEC Rating

1

IP23

2

IP30

3

IP64

3R

IP32

4

IP66

4X

IP66

6

IP67

12

IP55

13

IP65

The data contained in the table is provided for information and this table must only be used to apply
NEMA ratings to IEC designators; it should not be used inversely. The cross-reference is based on
engineering judgment and is not approved by the standards organizations.

Stahlin Enclosures

8

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 9

General
Information

General Information – Enclosure Selection

Enclosure Selection Guidelines

4. Size Considerations

The Enclosure Selection is designed to enhance enclosure
selection by making the process easier, more consistent,
accurate and complete. The goal is to assure that factors
affecting enclosure selection are considered and the enclosure
specification is complete and accurate.

Several factors will need to be evaluated when specifying the size
of the enclosure, such as:
Internal equipment dimensions
Service connections
External space restrictions
Mounting and access
Climate control requirements
Aesthetics
Economics

1. Examination of the Application
The requirements of your application must be taken into consideration. Often the application will be associated with the market or
product. For example, does the application require a disconnect,
does it need to be wall mount or free standing. Each application
is different and needs a complete review.

5. Standards or Ratings
Select an enclosure that has a rating appropriate for your environment and application. Rating types from NEMA, UL, CSA, and
IEC determine an enclosures ability to withstand environmental
conditions. Keep in mind that there may be multiple enclosures
that meet the ratings which may be reduced by material and size
considerations.

2. Environmental Considerations
Regardless of application - solar field, factory floor, chemical plant,
the environment is a critical factor for consideration.
In the proposed environment, what is the highest threat? Based
on this threat and the use of NEMA ratings you can determine
which enclosure offers the best protection.

6. Thermal Considerations
To maximize the life and efficiency of internal components effective thermal management considerations need to be evaluated.
One often thinks in terms of dissipating heat build-up, but one
must also consider applications that require addition of heat.

3. Material Considerations
Based on the environmental protection that you identify, you will
need to define the appropriate material for you application.
Fiberglass
Polycarbonate
PVC
ABS
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
Aluminum

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

9

General
Information

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 10

General Information

General
Information

Hazardous Locations
Classification of Hazardous Atmospheres
The NEC classifies areas according to the nature, likelihood and
extent of ignitable flammable hazards that could exist where
electrical equipment is installed. The intent of area classification
is to prevent fires and explosions that could be caused by
electrical equipment serving as an ignition source (arc, spark,
high temperature, etc.).
The NEC divides the atmospheric explosion hazards into three
classes. Considerable skill and judgment must be applied when
deciding to what degree an area contains hazardous
concentrations of vapors, combustible dusts or ignitable fibers and

flyings. Factors such as temperature, barometric pressure,
humidity, ventilation, quantity of release, distance from the source,
etc. must all be evaluated.
An abbreviated summary of the NEC classifications appears in
the table below. For detailed information on specific
atmospheres, refer to the NEC, Articles 501-505 and 511-517.
For a more complete list of flammable liquids, gases and solids;
refer to NFPA 497A and NFPA 497B, Classification of Gases,
Vapors and Dusts for Electrical Equipment in Hazardous
(Classified) Locations.

SUMMARY OF HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERES
Class

Division

I
Flammable Gases, Vapors
Flammable and Combustible
Liquids

Group

1 Normally hazardous
– Always present in
atmosphere
2 Not normally hazardous
– May be present in
atmosphere

II
Combustible Dusts

1 Normally hazardous
– Always present in
atmosphere

A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
E

F
G

III
Ignitable fibers and flyings

Stahlin Enclosures

10

•

2 Not normally hazardous
– Always present in
atmosphere
1&2

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

F
G

Typical Atmosphere, Ignition
Temperatures
Acetylene, 305°C (581°F)
Hydrogen, 520°C (968°F)
Ethylene, 450°C (842°F)
Methane, 630°C (999°F)
Same as Division 1
Same as Division 1
Same as Division 1
Same as Division 1
Combustible metal dusts, or other
combustible dusts of similar
hazardous characteristics
Combustible carbonaceous dusts
Combustible dusts not included in
Group E or F, includes flour,
grain, wood, plastic & chemicals
Same as Division 1
Same as Division 1

No
Groups

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 11

General
Information

General Information – Hazardous Locations
IEC methodology was added to the 1996 NEC in Article 505. The
IEC uses area classifications similar to the NEC, but with different
terms, groupings, descriptors and temperature range. Article 505
defines only Class I areas; however, the divisions and groupings
are different as shown in the following tables:

CAUTION:

IEC Group I is for underground mines and is not covered by the
NEC. Group IIC combines NEC Groups A and B making the
requirements for acetylene the same as for hydrogen and other
highly flammable gases.

Enclosure ratings for hazardous locations include:
Enclosures constructed for indoor use in hazNEMA 7
ardous locations classified as Class I, Division 1,
Groups A, B, C or D as defined in NFPA 70.

COMPARISON OF GROUPS
NEC Group
A
B
C
D

These methodologies are mutually exclusive and
should not be mixed and matched. Equipment
approved for the NEC classifications may be
used in the equivalent IEC area, but not vice
versa. NEC Article 500-3 requires that the area
classification, wiring and equipment selection be
under the supervision of a qualified Registered
Professional Engineer.

IEC Group
IIC
IIC
IIB
IIA

The IEC divides NEC Division 1 into Zone 0 and Zone 1. In Zone
0 the hazard is present at all times or for long periods of time. In
Zone 1 the hazard is present during normal conditions, including
repair and maintenance activities or leakage, or where operations
or processes could result in the release of a flammable mixture or
cause a simultaneous failure of electrical equipment.

NEMA 8

Enclosures constructed for either indoor or outdoor use in hazardous locations classified as
Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C and D as
defined in NFPA 70.

NEMA 9

Enclosures constructed for indoor use in hazardous locations classified as Class II, Division
1, Groups E, F or G as defined in NFPA 70.

NEMA 10

Enclosures constructed to meet the requirements of the Mine Safety and Health
Administration, 30 C. F. R., Part 18.

COMPARISON OF DIVISIONS WITH ZONES
NEC Division
1
1
2
Non-hazardous

Stahlin Enclosures

IEC Zone
0
1
2
Non-hazardous

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

11

ModRight_2011_4_ModRight_2011_3 8/22/11 2:25 PM Page 12

Modification
Information

ModRight Enclosure Modification Capabilities

ModRight™

™

ModRight Services
Stahlin Enclosures prides itself in its willingness and
ability to meet the enclosure modification needs of
customers. The combination of technologically advanced
equipment and a sound procedure for handling the most
detailed modification allows Stahlin Enclosures to process
modifications on time, and to the highest quality standards
in the industry.
Modifications can be mixed and matched in an endless
number of combinations. They can take the form of:
● Custom mold-in colors
● Silk screening
● EMI/RFI shielding
● Custom window sizes
● Custom cutouts/holes
● Custom size enclosures
● Other special requests

The FormRight Program is available for custom
material formulation to match your unique requirements.
Stahlin will work with you to custom formulate the sheet
molding compound with the attributes that you require for
UV, flame retardation, infestation resistance, you name it.

The ProRight Program offers the capability of
prototyping a unique design through the hand layup
process or low volume molding. Product can be pretested for its effectiveness before large volumes of
product are produced.

This Stahlin catalog is devoted to practical applications
and solutions to enclosure problems. A variety of off-theshelf products are available to solve common industry
related problems. Stahlin’s ModRight Program is designed
to support you in very uncommon or complex applications.
When you need to pick up the phone for additional
assistance, think Stahlin ModRight!

The ModRight Program offers a complete range of
standard and unique modifications that make a useful
configuration right out of the carton available.
The BuildRight Program accommodates custom
manufacturing and component assembly to deliver exactly
the configuration that you desire at time of shipping.

The ModRight program is multi faceted and designed
to meet a range of unique requirements from simple hole
drilling to full custom blend of fiberglass material.

The CostRight Program will help you determine
beforehand how cost effective the pre-assembly can be.
Prices are agreed to up front at an industry competitive
rate.

The DesignRight Program will take your custom
concept, perhaps your embossed logo or a completely
custom cover design, and conform it to an existing
enclosure. The result is your custom cover on a
“standard” base.
Stahlin Enclosures

12

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

The ShipRight Program evaluates current shipping
requirements and offers “when-needed” and on time
deliveries in an agreed upon manner. Bulk shipping and
quantity requirements are considered under this program.

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

ModRight_2011_4_ModRight_2011_3 8/22/11 2:25 PM Page 13

ModRight™

This is the total package: from
the basic product through all of its
custom/modified required changes,
to the moment it arrives at your
doorstep for installation into your
application, Stahlin ModRight
Program offers standard and
custom assistance for your
every need. To receive
a quotation or further
information, please
visit us at
www.stahlin.com.

Stahlin’s ModRight ™ program
can solve your custom needs.
13

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 14

DiamondShield
Series

The DiamondShield Series

DS

The DiamondShield Series was developed for design flexibility and pleasing aesthetics.
Applications include high-end electronics, harsh corrosive environments, and industrial applications
both indoors and out. Unique internal panel management capabilities provides the end user with
only the features they need for their application, yet able to use every cubic inch of valuable internal
enclosure space. The series offers an additional feature of panel mounting in the cover for use as an
operator interface in industrial equipment control stations when required.

DiamondShield Series Attributes
●

Available in 3 cover options:
1. Opaque cover
2. Clear polycarbonate cover
3. Flush bonded window

●

Maximum visibility to raised panels and control devices

●

High temperature, flame retardant, non corrosive, environmental designs

●

Stands up to an exceptionally broad range of chemical exposures

●

Results in an environmentally sealed, environmentally sound space

●

High impact resistance

●

Double insulated material No incidental electrical contact

●

Solid construction in a lightweight design

●

UV Resistant

DiamondShield Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

NEMA 250

Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2

File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

IEC 60529

IP66

UL1741

File E333478
W, HW, HL, HPL

Temperature Range

(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Temperature Range Window

(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Temperature Range Clear Cover

(-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Flammability Rating

UL94-5V

Cover Flammability

UL94-V0

Window Flammability

UL94-HB

Self Extinguishing

Non-Halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance

Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

Class A (1)

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 15

DiamondShield
Series

DiamondShield
Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 16

W

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

DS

Opaque cover “W” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover
W Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

W Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
IEC 60529
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
IP66
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-Halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

W Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 39

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

W Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

16

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 17

DS

Opaque cover “HW” configuration - Hinged, 2 cover screws
HW Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

HW Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
IEC 60529
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
IP66
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-Halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HW Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 39

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HW Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

17

DiamondShield
Series

HW

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

DiamondShield
Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 18

HPL

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

DS

Opaque cover “HPL” configuration - Hinged, 2 lockable pull latches
HPL Construction
Material
Gasket

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

HPL Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
IEC 60529
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
IP66
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-Halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HPL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 39

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HPL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

18

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 19

DS

Opaque cover “HLL” configuration - Hinged, 2 lockable link latches
HLL Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

HLL Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
IEC 60529
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
IP66
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-Halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HLL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 39

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HLL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

19

DiamondShield
Series

HLL

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 20

DiamondShield Opaque Cover Series Technical Drawings

DiamondShield
Series

W

OPTIONAL MTG FOOT
.50 X .31 SLOT
(4) PLC’S

F

#10-32 TAP
(4) HOLES

B

A
P

A

H

B

R
REAR VIEW

#10-32 TAP
(4) HOLES

L

C

C
S
T
A

E

K

N

#10-32 TAP
(4) HOLES

M
COVER
REMOVED

SECTION B-B

B

D

J

SECTION A-A

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

20

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 21

DiamondShield Opaque Cover Series Technical Chart
DiamondShield Opaque Cover Series Enclosures
OVERALL
HXWXD
7.41 x 7.79 x 4.31
(188 x 198 x 110)

INSIDE
AXBXC
6.77 x 6.77 x 4.06
(172 x 172 x 103)

MOUNTING
PXR
5.93 x 4.00
(151 x 102)

K
4.25
(108)

L
4.25
(108)

S
3.60
(92)

T
.38
(10)

OPT. MOUNT.
FEET E X F
8.24 x 4.00
(209 x 102)

N
9.02
(229)

J
4.56
(116)

M
.25
(6)

SHIPPING PANEL
WEIGHT NUMBER
3.8 lbs
BP66*

9.41 x 7.79 x 4.31
(239 x 198 x 110)

8.77 x 6.77 x 4.06
(223 x 172 x 103)

7.91 x 4.00
(201 x 102)

6.25
(159)

4.25
(108)

3.60
(92)

.38
(10)

10.21 x 4.00
(259 x 102)

10.98
(279)

4.56
(116)

.25
(6)

4.1 lbs

BP86*

9.39 x 9.76 x 4.31
(239 x 248 x 109)

8.74 x 8.74 x 4.06
(222 x 222 x 103)

7.91 x 6.00
(201 x 152)

6.25
(159)

6.25
(159)

3.60
(92)

.38
(10)

10.21 x 6.00
(259 x 152)

10.98
(279)

4.56
(116)

.25
(6)

4.9 lbs

BP88*

11.42 x 9.79 x 6.31
(290 x 249 x 160)

10.73 x 8.73 x 6.06
(273 x 222 x 154)

9.89 x 6.00
(251 x 152)

8.25
(210)

6.25
(159)

5.60
(142)

.38
(10)

12.19 x 6.00
(310 x 152)

12.96
(329)

6.56
(167)

.25
(6)

6.2 lbs

BP1008*

13.45 x 11.83 x 6.31
(342 x 301 x 160)

12.69 x 10.69 x 6.06
(322 x 272 x 154)

11.88 x 8.00
(302 x 203)

10.25 8.25
(260) (210)

5.60
(142)

.38
(10)

14.18 x 8.00
(360 x 203)

14.95
(380)

6.56
(167)

.25
(6)

8.0 lbs

BP1210*

15.44 x 13.86 x 6.34
(392 x 352 x 161)

14.72 x 12.72 x 6.06
(374 x 323 x 154)

13.91 x 10.00 12.25 10.25
(353 x 254) (311) (260)

5.60
(142)

.38
(10)

16.21 x 10.00
(412 x 254)

16.98
(431)

6.59
(167)

.25
(6)

10.0 lbs BP1412*

15.44 x 13.86 x 8.34
(392 x 352 x 212)

14.66 x 12.66 x 8.06
(372 x 322 x 205)

13.91 x 10.00 12.25 10.25
(353 x 254) (311) (260)

7.60
(193)

.38
(10)

16.19 x 10.00
(411 x 254)

16.96
(431)

8.59
(218)

.25
(6)

12.5 lbs BP1412*

17.58 x 15.96 x 8.34
(447 x 405 x 212)

16.69 x 14.69 x 8.06
(424 x 373 x 205)

15.96 x 12.00 14.25 12.25
(405 x 305) (362) (311)

7.60
(193)

.38
(10)

18.26 x 12.00
(464 x 305)

19.04
(484)

8.59
(218)

.25
(6)

13.3 lbs BP1614*

19.77 x 18.15 x 10.34
(502 x 461 x 263)

18.63 x 16.63 x 10.06
(473 x 422 x 256)

17.94 x 14.00 16.25 14.25
(456 x 356) (413) (362)

9.60
(244)

.38
(10)

20.24 x 14.00
(514 x 356)

21.02
(534)

10.59
(269)

.25
(6)

20.2 lbs BP1816*

21.79 x 18.16 x 10.34
(554 x 461 x 263)

20.63 x 16.63 x 10.06
(524 x 422 x 256)

19.96 x 14.00 18.25 14.25
(507 x 356) (463) (362)

9.59
(244)

.38
(10)

22.26 x 14.00
(566 x 356)

23.04
(585)

10.59
(269)

.25
(6)

21.7 lbs BPJ2016*

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
*Panel sold separately.

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

21

DiamondShield
Series

SIZE ID
NUMBER
DS60604W
DS60604HW
DS60604HPL
DS60604HLL
DS80604W
DS80604HW
DS80604HPL
DS80604HLL
DS80804W
DS80804HW
DS80804HPL
DS80804HLL
DS100806W
DS100806HW
DS100806HPL
DS100806HLL
DS121006W
DS121006HW
DS121006HPL
DS121006HLL
DS141206W
DS141206HW
DS141206HPL
DS141206HLL
DS141208W
DS141208HW
DS141208HPL
DS141208HLL
DS161408W
DS161408HW
DS161408HPL
DS161408HLL
DS181610W
DS181610HW
DS181610HPL
DS181610HLL
DS201610W
DS201610HW
DS201610HPL
DS201610HLL

DiamondShield
Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 22

W

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

DSCC

Clear cover “W” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover
W Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

W Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
IEC 60529
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Cover Temperature Range
Cover Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 12, 13, 4X
Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 12, 13, 4X
IP66
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
(-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)
UL94-V0
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

W Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 39

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

W Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

22

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 23

DSCC

Clear cover “HW” configuration - Hinged, 2 cover screws
HW Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

HW Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
IEC 60529
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Cover Temperature Range
Cover Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
IP66
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
(-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)
UL94-V0
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HW Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 39

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HW Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

23

DiamondShield
Series

HW

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 24

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

HPL

DSCC

DiamondShield
Series

Clear cover “HPL” configuration - Hinged, 2 lockable pull latches
HPL Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

HPL Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
IEC 60529
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Cover Temperature Range
Cover Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
IP66
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
(-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)
UL94-V0
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HPL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 39

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HPL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

24

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 25

DSCC

Clear cover “HLL” configuration - Hinged, 2 lockable link latches
HLL Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

HLL Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
IEC 60529
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Cover Temperature Range
Cover Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
IP66
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
(-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)
UL94-V0
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HLL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 39

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HLL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

25

DiamondShield
Series

HLL

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 26

DiamondShield Clear Cover Series Technical Drawings

DiamondShield
Series

W

OPTIONAL MTG FOOT
.50 X .31 SLOT
(4) PLC’S

F

#10-32 TAP
(4) HOLES

B

A
P

A

H

B

R
REAR VIEW

#10-32 TAP
(4) HOLES

L

C

C
S
T
A

E

K

N

#10-32 TAP
(4) HOLES

M
COVER
REMOVED

SECTION B-B

B

D

J

SECTION A-A

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

26

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 27

DiamondShield Clear Cover Series Technical Chart
DiamondShield Clear Cover Series Enclosures
OVERALL
HXWXD
7.41 x 7.79 x 4.31
(188 x 198 x 110)

INSIDE
AXBXC
6.77 x 6.77 x 4.06
(172 x 172 x 103)

MOUNTING
PXR
5.93 x 4.00
(151 x 102)

K
4.25
(108)

L
4.25
(108)

S
3.60
(92)

T
.38
(10)

OPT. MOUNT.
FEET E X F
8.24 x 4.00
(209 x 102)

N
9.02
(229)

J
4.56
(116)

M
.25
(6)

SHIPPING PANEL
WEIGHT NUMBER
3.8 lbs
BP66*

9.41 x 7.79 x 4.31
(239 x 198 x 110)

8.77 x 6.77 x 4.06
(223 x 172 x 103)

7.91 x 4.00
(201 x 102)

6.25
(159)

4.25
(108)

3.60
(92)

.38
(10)

10.21 x 4.00
(259 x 102)

10.98
(279)

4.56
(116)

.25
(6)

4.1 lbs

BP86*

9.39 x 9.76 x 4.31
(239 x 248 x 110)

8.74 x 8.74 x 4.06
(222 x 222 x 103)

7.91 x 6.00
(201 x 152)

6.25
(159)

6.25
(159)

3.60
(92)

.38
(10)

10.21 x 6.00
(259 x 152)

10.98
(279)

4.56
(116)

.25
(6)

4.9 lbs

BP88*

11.42 x 9.79 x 6.31
(290 x 249 x 160)

10.73 x 8.73 x 6.06
(273 x 222 x 154)

9.89 x 6.00
(251 x 152)

8.25
(210)

6.25
(159)

5.60
(142)

.38
(10)

12.19 x 6.00
(310 x 152)

12.96
(329)

6.56
(167)

.25
(6)

6.2 lbs

BP1008*

13.45 x 11.83 x 6.31
(342 x 301 x 160)

12.69 x 10.69 x 6.06
(322 x 272 x 154)

11.88 x 8.00
(302 x 203)

10.25 8.25
(260) (210)

5.60
(142)

.38
(10)

14.18 x 8.00
(360 x 203)

14.95
(380)

6.56
(167)

.25
(6)

8.0 lbs

BP1210*

15.49 x 13.86 x 6.34
(393 x 352 x 161)

14.72 x 12.72 x 6.06
(374 x 323 x 154)

13.91 x 10.00 12.25 10.25
(353 x 254) (311) (260)

5.60
(142)

.38
(10)

16.21 x 10.00
(412 x 254)

16.98
(431)

6.59
(167)

.25
(6)

10.0 lbs BP1412*

15.49 x 13.86 x 8.34
(393 x 352 x 212)

14.66 x 12.66 x 8.06
(372 x 322 x 205)

13.88 x 10.00 12.25 10.25
(353 x 254) (311) (260)

7.60
(193)

.38
(10)

16.19 x 10.00
(411 x 254)

16.96
(431)

8.59
(218)

.25
(6)

12.5 lbs BP1412*

17.58 x 15.96 x 8.34
(447 x 405 x 212)

16.69 x 14.69 x 8.06
(424 x 373 x 205)

15.96 x 12.00 14.25 12.25
(405 x 305) (362) (311)

7.60
(193)

.38
(10)

18.26 x 12.00
(464 x 305)

19.04
(484)

8.59
(218)

.25
(6)

13.3 lbs BP1614*

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
*Panel sold separately.

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

27

DiamondShield
Series

SIZE ID
NUMBER
DSCC60604W
DSCC60604HW
DSCC60604HPL
DSCC60604HLL
DSCC80604W
DSCC80604HW
DSCC80604HPL
DSCC80604HLL
DSCC80804W
DSCC80804HW
DSCC80804HPL
DSCC80804HLL
DSCC100806W
DSCC100806HW
DSCC100806HPL
DSCC100806HLL
DSCC121006W
DSCC121006HW
DSCC121006HPL
DSCC121006HLL
DSCC141206W
DSCC141206HW
DSCC141206HPL
DSCC141206HLL
DSCC141208W
DSCC141208HW
DSCC141208HPL
DSCC141208HLL
DSCC161408W
DSCC161408HW
DSCC161408HPL
DSCC161408HLL

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 28

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

HPL

DSW

DiamondShield
Series

Flush Bonded Window “HPL” configuration - Hinged, 2 lockable pull latches
HPL Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Bonded Window

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic
material for maximum visibility

HPL Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
IEC 60529
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Window Temperature Range
Window Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
IP66
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-HB
Non-Halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HPL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 39

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HPL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

28

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 29

DSW

Flush Bonded Window “HLL” configuration - Hinged, 2 lockable link latches
HLL Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Bonded Window

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic
material for maximum visibility

HLL Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
IEC 60529
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Window Temperature Range
Window Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13
IP66
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-HB
Non-Halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HLL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 39

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HLL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

29

DiamondShield
Series

HLL

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 30

DiamondShield Window Series Technical Drawings

DiamondShield
Series

W

OPTIONAL MTG FOOT
.50 X .31 SLOT
(4) PLC’S

F

#10-32 TAP
(4) HOLES

B

A
P

A

H

B

R
REAR VIEW

#10-32 TAP
(4) HOLES

L

C

C
S
T
A

E

K

N

#10-32 TAP
(4) HOLES

M
COVER
REMOVED

SECTION B-B

B

D

J

SECTION A-A

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

30

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 31

DiamondShield Window Series Technical Drawings
DiamondShield Window Series Enclosures
OVERALL
HXWXD

INSIDE
AXBXC

DSW60604HPL

7.41 x 7.79 x 4.31

6.77 x 6.77 x 4.06

5.93 x 4.00

(188 x 198 x 110)

(172 x 172 x 103)

(151 x 102)

9.41 x 7.79 x 4.31

8.77 x 6.77 x 4.06

7.91 x 4.00

(239 x 198 x 110)

(223 x 172 x 103)

(201 x 102)

9.39 x 9.76 x 4.31

8.74 x 8.74 x 4.06

7.91 x 6.00

(239 x 248 x 110)

(222 x 222 x 103)

(201 x 152)

DSW100806HPL

11.42 x 9.79 x 6.31

10.73 x 8.73 x 6.06

9.89 x 6.00

DSW100806HLL

(290 x 249 x 160)

(273 x 222 x 154)

DSW121006HPL

13.45 x 11.83 x 6.31
(342 x 301 x 160)
15.49 x 13.86 x 6.34

14.72 x 12.72 x 6.06

(393 x 352 x 161)

(374 x 323 x 154)

15.49 x 13.86 x 8.34

14.66 x 12.66 x 8.06

(393 x 352 x 212)

(372 x 322 x 205)

DSW161408HPL

17.58 x 15.96 x 8.34

16.69 x 14.69 x 8.06

DSW161408HLL

(447 x 405 x 212)

(424 x 373 x 205)

DSW181610HPL

19.77 x 18.15 x 10.34

18.63 x 16.63 x 10.06

DSW181610HLL

(502 x 461 x 263)

(473 x 422 x 256)

DSW201610HPL

21.79 x 18.16 x 10.34

20.63 x 16.63 x 10.06

DSW201610HLL

(554 x 461 x 263)

(524 x 422 x 256)

DSW80604HPL

DSW80804HPL

DSW141206HPL

DSW141208HPL

MOUNTING
PXR

S

4.25

4.25

3.60

.38

8.24 x 4.00

(108)

(108)

(92)

(10)

(209 x 102)

6.25

4.25

3.60

.38

10.21 x 4.00

(159)

(108)

(92)

(10)

6.25

6.25

3.60

(159)

(159)

(92)

8.25

6.25

5.60

(251 x 152)

(210)

(159)

(142)

12.69 x 10.69 x 6.06

11.88 x 8.00

10.25

8.25

(322 x 272 x 154)

(302 x 203)

(260)

(210)

13.91 x 10.00 12.25 10.25
(311)

(260)

13.88 x 10.00 12.25 10.25

T

OPT. MOUNT.
FEET E X F

L

(353 x 254)

K

N

J

M

9.02

4.56

.25

(229)

(116)

(6)

10.98

4.56

.25

(259 x 102)

(279)

(116)

(6)

.38

10.21 x 6.00

10.98

4.56

.25

(10)

(259 x 152)

(279)

(116)

(6)

.38

12.19 x 6.00

12.96

6.56

.25

(10)

(310 x 152)

(329)

(167)

(6)

5.60

.38

14.18 x 8.00

14.95

6.56

.25

(142)

(10)

(360 x 203)

(380)

(167)

(6)

5.60

.38

16.21 x 10.00

16.98

6.59

.25

(142)

(10)

(412 x 254)

(431)

(167)

(6)

7.60

.38

16.19 x 10.00

16.96

8.59

.25

(260)

(193)

(10)

(411 x 254)

(431)

(218)

(6)

15.96 x 12.00 14.25 12.25

7.60

.38

18.26 x 12.00

19.04

8.59

.25

(193)

(10)

(464 x 305)

(484)

(218)

(6)

(353 x 254)

(405 x 305)

(311)

(362)

(311)

17.94 x 14.00 16.25 14.25

9.60

.38

20.24 x 14.00

21.02

10.59

.25

(362)

(244)

(10)

(514 x 356)

(534)

(269)

(6)

19.96 x 14.00 18.25 14.25

9.59

.38

22.26 x 14.00

23.04

10.59

.25

(244)

(10)

(566 x 356)

(585)

(269)

(6)

(456 x 356)

(507 x 356)

(413)

(463)

(362)

SHIPPING PANEL
WEIGHT NUMBER
3.8 lbs

BP66*

4.1 lbs

BP86*

4.9 lbs

BP88*

6.2 lbs

BP1008*

8.0 lbs

BP1210*

10.0 lbs BP1412*

12.5 lbs BP1412*

13.3 lbs BP1614*

20.2 lbs BP1816*

21.7 lbs BPJ2016*

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters
*Panel sold separately

Viewing Window Cover (DSW)

WINDOW
V

SIZE ID
NUMBER
DSW60604

A

DSW80604
DSW80804

U

DSW100806
DSW121006
A

DSW141206
DSW141208
DSW161408
Z

DSW181610
DSW201610

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

V
4.25
(107.95)
4.25
(107.95)
6.25
(158.75)
6.25
(158.75)
8.25
(209.55)
10.25
(260.35)
10.25
(260.35)
12.25
(311.15)
14.25
(361.95)
14.25
(361.95)

Z
3.48
(88.26)
3.48
(88.26)
3.48
(88.26)
5.48
(139.19)
5.48
(139.19)
5.48
(139.19)
7.48
(189.99)
7.48
(189.99)
9.48
(240.79)
9.46
(240.28)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses
are in millimeters.

SECTION A-A

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

U
4.25
(107.95)
6.25
(158.75)
6.25
(158.75)
8.25
(209.55)
10.25
(260.35)
12.25
(311.15)
12.25
(311.15)
14.25
(361.95)
16.25
(412.75)
18.25
(463.55)

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

31

DiamondShield
Series

SIZE ID
NUMBER

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 32

DiamondShield
Series

The Design Difference...
Unsurpassed Panel Management System ®
Stahlin’s innovative “No-Limits” Panel Management

●

System enables DiamondShield users to take
maximum advantage of ALL enclosure

●

space...including the inside of the cover!
●

Back Panel

●

Variable Height Stationary Panel

●

Variable Height Swing Panel

●

Dead Front Swing Panel

●

Cover Panel

Ability to meet unique visual requirements usually
associated with a dead front panel.

®

Ability to meet the needs for mounting surface at
rear of enclosure.

●

Ability to meet end users' design capabilities and
field changes that would otherwise require major
modification or costly disassembly.

●

Ability to externally assemble, then "drop in" to the
enclosure DIN rail mounted components, thereby
minimizing assembly, modification and field
servicing.

The DiamondShield
Panel Management System®
Offers Many Benefits:

●

layout. Maximizes end users' design possibilities.
●

●

installation of isolated visibility or custom visual

within the enclosure can be accessed and utilized

requirements.

hardware.
Panel maneuverability at both the time of assembly
and in actual field use.
●

Optimized use and function of all usable space
within the enclosure while assisting in the mounting
of cover mounted devices, such as touchpads and
printed circuit boards.

●

Ability to meet end users' requirements for the

Full utilization of both space and design. All space
with minimal requirements for additional mounting

●

Maximum surface area for pushbutton or touchpad

Maximized visibility of panels that offer critical
feedback, such as instrumentation, while preserving
the integrity of the enclosure

●

Offers restricted access to areas of adjustment
and calibration.

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 33

To This!

DiamondShield
Series

Go From This!

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 34

DiamondShield Panel Management System ®
DiamondShield
Series

BACK PANEL

DEAD FRONT SWING PANEL

●

Traditional sized
back panel

●

Mounts at the front of
the enclosure

●

Common industry
mounting footprint

●

●

Wide choice of material

Larger surface area
when compared to the
variable height
swing panel

●

Hinged on one side,
secured to the other

●

Used in conjunction with
corner mounting posts

VARIABLE HEIGHT STATIONARY PANEL

●

VARIABLE HEIGHT SWING PANEL

Mounts at any height in
the enclosure base
including as back panel or
use as a top stationary
dead front panel

●

Larger panel area than
traditional back panels
maximizes surface
mounting area

●

Used in conjunction with
corner mounting posts

COVER PANEL

●

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

34

•

●

Mounts at any height in
the enclosure base

●

Hinged on one side,
secured to the other

●

Used in conjunction with
corner mounting posts

USE MULTIPLE PANELS

Stationary panel that
mounts to the inside of
the enclosure cover.

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 35

DiamondShield Panel Management System ®
Unique. Reliable. Flexible. Revolutionary. It’s What You Want It To Be!

The revolutionary design of DiamondShield provides a one-of-a-kind enclosure architecture that can range from
“bare bones” basic yet durable simplicity to a highly customized, sophisticated protective structure.
DiamondShield Series Enclosures Panel Management System ®

Cover
Panel

SIZE
ID
60604

FIXED PANEL
(MIN)
A
1.50
(38.1)

80604

1.50

(38.1)

2.00

(50.08)

80804

1.50

(38.1)

2.00

(50.08)

100806

1.50

(38.1)

2.00

(50.08)

121006

1.50

(38.1)

2.00

(50.08)

141206

1.50

(38.1)

2.00

(50.08)

141208

1.50

(38.1)

2.00

(50.08)

161408

1.50

(38.1)

2.00

(50.08)

181610

1.50

(38.1)

2.00

(50.08)

201610

1.50

(38.1)

2.00

(50.08)

Variable
Height
Panel

SWING
PANEL (MIN)
A
2.00 (50.08)

Back
Panel

(MAX)
A
2.50
(63.50)
2.50
(63.50)
2.50
(63.50)
4.50
(114.30)
4.50
(114.30)
4.50
(114.30)
6.50
(165.1)
6.50
(165.1)
8.50
(215.90)
8.50
(215.90)

OPAQUE/BONDED
CLEAR
WINDOW CVR
CVR
B
B
1.025 (26.03) 1.025 (26.03)
1.025

(26.03)

1.025 (26.03)

1.025

(26.03)

1.025 (26.03)

1.025

(26.03)

1.025 (26.03)

1.025

(26.03)

0.994 (25.24)

1.025

(26.03)

0.963 (24.44)

1.025

(26.03)

0.963 (24.44)

1.025

(26.03)

0.963 (24.44)

1.025

(26.03)

N/A

1.025

(26.03)

N/A

C

D
(MIN)

.375
(9.52)
.375
(9.52)
.375
(9.52)
.375
(9.52)
.375
(9.52)
.375
(9.52)
.375
(9.52)
.375
(9.52)
.375
(9.52)
.375
(9.52)

.57
(14.48)
.57
(14.48)
.57
(14.48)
.57
(14.48)
.57
(14.48)
.57
(14.48)
.57
(14.48)
.57
(14.48)
.57
(14.48)
.57
(14.48)

Note: Swing and stationary panels adjust in 1/2" increments
"C" not applicable for clear cover
Cover panel kit not available for clear cover options

Variable Height Swing Panel
PART
NUMBER
P806ASAL
P808ASAL
P1008ASAL
P1210ASAL
P1412ASAL
P1614ASAL
P1816ASAL
P2016ASAL

A

B

6.38
(162)
6.38
(162)
8.38
(213)
10.38
(264)
12.38
(314)
14.38
(365)
16.38
(416)
18.38
(467)

6.56
(1167)
8.56
(217)
8.56
(217)
10.56
(268)
12.56
(319)
14.56
(370)
16.56
(421)
16.56
(421)

PANEL
THK.
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)

PANEL
TYPE
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert.

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

35

DiamondShield
Series

Just imagine ... an enclosure system that truly can be what you want...and need...it to be! Today, that enclosure
system is a reality...with DiamondShield, from Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures.

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 36

DiamondShield
Series

DiamondShield Panel Management System ®
Cover Panel Dimensions
PART
NUMBER
CP606AL
CP806AL
CP808AL
CP1008AL
CP1210AL
CP1412AL
CP1614AL
CP1816AL
CP2016AL

A

B

C

D

5.64
(143)
7.68
(195)
7.68
(195)
9.71
(247)
11.74
(298)
13.78
(350)
15.81
(402)
17.94
(456)
19.76
(502)

5.64
(143)
5.64
(143)
7.68
(195)
7.71
(196)
9.74
(247)
11.78
(299)
13.81
(351)
15.94
(405)
15.76
(400)

5.02
(127)
7.05
(179)
7.05
(179)
9.08
(231)
11.12
(282)
13.15
(334)
15.18
(386)
17.31
(440)
19.13
(486)

5.02
(127)
5.02
(127)
7.05
(179)
7.08
(180)
9.12
(232)
11.15
(283)
13.18
(334)
15.31
(389)
15.13
(384)

PANEL
THK.
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)

PANEL
TYPE
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat

HOLE
#OF
DIA. HOLES
.25
4
(6)
.25
4
(6)
.25
4
(6)
.25
4
(6)
.25
4
(6)
.25
4
(6)
.25
4
(6)
.25
4
(6)
.25
4
(6)

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert.
Note: Cover panel kit includes cover panel and mounting hardware.

Back Panel Dimensions
PART
NUMBER
BP66
BP86
BP88
BP108
BP1210
BP1412
BP1614
BP1816
BPJ2016

BA

BB

BK

BL

4.88
(124)
6.88
(175)
6.88
(175)
8.88
(225)
10.88
(276)
12.88
(327)
14.88
(378)
16.88
(429)
18.88
(480)

4.88
(124)
4.88
(124)
6.88
(175)
6.88
(175)
8.88
(225)
10.88
(276)
12.88
(327)
14.88
(378)
14.88
(378)

4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)
10.25
(260)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
16.25
(413)
18.25
(464)

4.25
(108)
4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)
10.25
(260)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
14.25
(362)

PANEL
THK.
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.090
(2)

PANEL
TYPE
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat

HOLE
DIA.
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)

#OF
HOLES
4

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert.
Suffix - Available materials
AL - Aluminum
CS - Painted Carbon Steel
SS - Stainless Steel
Example: BP1210AL

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

36

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 37

DiamondShield Panel Management System®
Dead Front Swing Panel Dimensions

P808SWAL
P1008SWAL
P1210SWAL
P1412SWAL
P1614SWAL
P1816SWAL
P2016SWAL

A

B

C

D

8.56
(217)
8.56
(217)
10.56
(268)
12.56
(319)
14.56
(370)
16.56
(421)
18.56
(471)
20.56
(522)

6.56
(167)
8.56
(217)
8.56
(217)
10.56
(268)
12.56
(319)
14.56
(370)
16.56
(421)
16.56
(421)

5.70
(145)
7.70
(196)
7.70
(196)
10.37
(246)
11.70
(297)
15.57
(399)
15.70
(399)
15.70
(399)

6.37
(162)
6.37
(162)
8.37
(213)
9.70
(263)
12.37
(314)
14.37
(365)
16.37
(467)
18.37
(467)

PANEL
THK.
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)

PANEL
TYPE
Flat

DiamondShield
Series

PART
NUMBER
P806SWAL

Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert.

Variable Height Stationary Panel Dimensions
PART
NUMBER
P606STAL
P806STAL
P808STAL
P1008STAL
P1210STAL
P1412STAL
P1614STAL
P1816STAL
P2016STAL

A

B

C

D

6.56
(167)
8.56
(217)
8.56
(217)
10.56
(268)
12.56
(319)
14.56
(370)
16.56
(421)
18.56
(471)
20.56
(522)

6.56
(167)
6.56
(167)
8.56
(217)
8.56
(217)
10.56
(268)
12.56
(319)
14.56
(370)
16.56
(421)
16.56
(421)

4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)
10.25
(210)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
16.25
(413)
18.25
(464)

4.25
(108)
4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(260)
10.25
(260)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
14.25
(362)

PANEL PANEL
THK.
TYPE
.080
Flat
(2)
.080
Flat
(2)
.080
Flat
(2)
.080
Flat
(2)
.080
Flat
(2)
.080
Flat
(2)
.080
Flat
(2)
.080
Flat
(2)
.080
Flat
(2)

HOLE
DIA.
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)

#OF
HOLES
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert.

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

37

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 38

DiamondShield Panel Management System ®
DiamondShield
Series

Panel Kits - Accessories Only, Panels NOT Included
SIZE
ID

STATIONARY
STATIONARY
PANEL
PANEL
ACCESSORY KIT BRACKET KIT

SWING
PANEL
ACCESSORY KIT

SWING
PANEL
BRACKET KIT

CORNER
POST
KIT

60604

DS4PKA

DSAPBKT

N/A

N/A

DS4POST

80604

DS4PKA

DSAPBKT

DS4SPKA

DSSPBKT

DS4POST

80804

DS4PKA

DSAPBKT

DS4SPKA

DSSPBKT

DS4POST

100806

DS6PKA

DSAPBKT

DS6SPKA

DSSPBKT

DS6POST

121006

DS6PKA

DSAPBKT

DS6SPKA

DSSPBKT

DS6POST

141206

DS6PKA

DSAPBKT

DS6SPKA

DSSPBKT

DS6POST

141208

DS8PKA

DSAPBKT

DS8SPKA

DSSPBKT

DS8POST

161408

DS8PKA

DSAPBKT

DS8SPKA

DSSPBKT

DS8POST

181610

DS10PKA

DSAPBKT

DS10SPKA

DSSPBKT

DS10POST

201610

DS10PKA

DSAPBKT

DS10SPKA

DSSPBKT

DS10POST

Stationary Panel Bracket Kit

Stationary Panel
Accessory Kit

Swing Panel
Accessory Kit

Swing Panel Bracket Kit

Corner Post Kit

Panel And Accessory Combination Kits, Includes Panel
SIZE
ID

Dead Front Swing Panel
& Swing Panel Accessory Kit

Variable Height Swing Panel
& Swing Panel Accessory Kit

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

38

•

DEAD FRONT
SWING PANEL
& ACCESS. KIT

VARIABLE HEIGHT
SWING PANEL &
ACCESS. KIT

VARIABLE HEIGHT
STATIONARY PNL
& ACCESS. KIT

VARIABLE HEIGHT
BACK PNL &
ACCESS. KIT

60604

N/A

N/A

DS60604PKA

DS60604BPKA

80604

DS80604SPK

DS80604SPKA

DS80604PKA

DS80604BPKA

80804

DS80804SPK

DS80804SPKA

DS80804PKA

DS80804BPKA

100806

DS100806SPK

DS100806SPKA

DS100806PKA

DS100806BPKA

121006

DS121006SPK

DS121006SPKA

DS121006PKA

DS121006BPKA

141206

DS141206SPK

DS141206SPKA

DS141206PKA

DS141206BPKA

141208

DS141208SPK

DS141208SPKA

DS141208PKA

DS141208BPKA

161408

DS161408SPK

DS161408SPKA

DS161408PKA

DS161408BPKA

181610

DS181610SPK

DS181610SPKA

DS181610PKA

DS181610BPKA

201610

DS201610SPK

DS201610SPKA

DS201610PKA

DS201610BPKA

Variable Height Back Panel
& Stationary Panel Accessory Kit

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

Variable Height Stationary Panel &
Stationary Panel Accessory Kit

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 39

DiamondShield Panel Management System®
Other Accessory Kits

Cover
Screw Kit

MTG. FOOT
KIT

OPAQUE COVER
SCREW KIT

CLEAR COVER
SCREW KIT

60604

DSMGFTKIT

DSWKIT

DSCCWKIT

DSHLLKIT

DSHPLKIT

DS3HINGEKIT

80604

DSMGFTKIT

DSWKIT

DSCCWKIT

DSHLLKIT

DSHPLKIT

DS4HINGEKIT

80804

DSMGFTKIT

DSWKIT

DSCCWKIT

DSHLLKIT

DSHPLKIT

DS4HINGEKIT

100806

DSMGFTKIT

DSWKIT

DSCCWKIT

DSHLLKIT

DSHPLKIT

DS5HINGEKIT

121006

DSMGFTKIT

DSWKIT

DSCCWKIT

DSHLLKIT

DSHPLKIT

DS5HINGEKIT

141206

DSMGFTKIT

DSWKIT

DSCCWKIT

DSHLLKIT

DSHPLKIT

DS6HINGEKIT

141208

DSMGFTKIT

DSWKIT

DSCCWKIT

DSHLLKIT

DSHPLKIT

DS6HINGEKIT

161408

DSMGFTKIT

DSWKIT

DSCCWKIT

DSHLLKIT

DSHPLKIT

DS6HINGEKIT

181610

DSMGFTKIT

DSWKIT

DSCCWKIT

DSHLLKIT

DSHPLKIT

DS6HINGEKIT

201610

DSMGFTKIT

DSWKIT

DSCCWKIT

DSHLLKIT

DSHPLKIT

DS6HINGEKIT

Hinge Kit

Lockable Link Latch Kit

LINK LOCK
PULL
LATCH KIT LATCH KIT

HINGE
KIT

Lockable Pull Latch Kit

DiamondShield Covers Only
Opaque Covers

Clear Covers

PART
NUMBER

PART
NUMBER

Viewing Window Covers
PART
NUMBER

DS606CVR

DSCC606CVR

DSW606CVR

DS806CVR

DSCC806CVR

DSW806CVR

DS808CVR

DSCC808CVR

DSW808CVR

DS1008CVR

DSCC1008CVR

DSW1008CVR

DS1210CVR

DSCC1210CVR

DSW1210CVR

DS1412CVR

DSCC1412CVR

DSW1412CVR

DS1614CVR

DSCC1614CVR

DSW1614CVR

DS1816CVR

DSCC1816CVR

DSW1816CVR

DS2016CVR

DSCC2016CVR

DSW2016CVR

Includes gasketed cover only – No hardware included

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

39

DiamondShield
Series

Mounting Feet

SIZE
ID

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 40

The Classic Series

CL

The Classic Series enclosures are designed for general electrical and electronic
applications as well as applications requiring broader environmental concerns.

Classic Series

These enclosures enhance the appearance of any instrument installation. They are
especially suited for high visibility locations found in both industrial and commercial
applications, but the chemical resistance and watertight capabilities make them ideal across a
broad spectrum of environmental installations as well.

Classic Series Attributes
●

Available in 2 cover options:
1. Opaque cover
2. Flush bonded window

●

Stands up to an exceptionally broad range of chemical exposures

●

High impact resistance

●

Double insulated material. No incidental electrical contact

●

Hidden hinge design

●

UV Resistant

●

Soft edge design, smooth lines, flush cover

●

Super abrasion-resistant acrylic window

●

High temperature, flame retardant, non-corrosive, environmental designs

Classic Series Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

NEMA 250

Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2

File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

UL1741

File E333478 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
W, HW, HL, HPL

Temperature Range

(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Window Temperature Range

(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Flammability Rating

UL94-5V

Window Flammability

UL94-HB

Self Extinguishing

Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance

Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

Class A (1)

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 41

Classic Series

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 42

Technical Specifications - Classic Series

W

CL

Opaque cover “W” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover
W Construction

Classic Series

Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

W Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

W Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 157

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

W Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

42

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 43

HW

Technical Specifications - Classic Series

CL

Opaque cover “HW” configuration - Hinged, 2 cover screws
HW Construction
Material
Gasket

HW Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HW Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 157

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HW Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

43

Classic Series

Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

CLASSIC SERIES

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 44

Technical Specifications - Classic Series

HL

CL

Opaque cover “HL” configuration - Hinged, through-the-door latch
HL Construction

Classic Series

Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Latch Material

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Glass filled polyamide

HL Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 157

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

44

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 45

HLL

CL

Opaque cover “HLL” configuration - Hinged, twist latch

CLASSIC SERIES

Technical Specifications - Classic Series

HLL Construction
Material
Gasket

HLL Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HLL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 157

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HLL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

45

Classic Series

Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 46

Technical Specifications - Classic Series

HPL

CL

Opaque cover “HPL” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch
HPL Construction

Classic Series

Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

HPL Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HPL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 157

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HPL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

46

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 47

Classic Series Technical Drawings
CLASSIC SERIES

Classic Series

Classic Series Opaque Cover Enclosures
SIZE ID
NUMBER
CL707W
CL707HW
CL707HL
CL707HPL
CL907W
CL907HW
CL907HL
CL907HPL
CL1109W
CL1109HW
CL1109HL
CL1109HPL
CL1311W
CL1311HW
CL1311HL
CL1311HLL
CL1311HPL
CL1513W
CL1513HW
CL1513HL
CL1513HLL
CL1513HPL

OVERALL
HXWXD
7.21 x 7.21 x 5.09
(183 x 183 x 129)

INSIDE
AXBXC
6.65 x 6.65 x 4.84
(169 x 169 x 123)

MOUNTING
EXF
5.71 x 5.71
(145 x 145)

J
4.39
(111)

K
4.25
(108)

L
4.25
(108)

M
4.04
(103)

N
4.04
(103)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
3.5 lbs.

PANEL
NUMBER
BP66*

9.21 x 7.21 x 5.09
(234 x 183 x 129)

8.59 x 6.59 x 4.84
(218 x 167 x 123)

7.71 x 5.71
(196 x 145)

4.39
(111)

6.25
(159)

4.25
(108)

6.04
(154)

4.04
(103)

4.2 lbs.

BP86*

11.21 x 9.21 x 6.09
(285 x 234 x 155)

10.59 x 8.59 x 5.84
(269 x 218 x 148)

9.71 x 7.71
(247 x 196)

5.39
(137)

8.25
(210)

6.25
(159)

8.04
(204)

6.04
(154)

5.9 lbs.

BP108*

13.21 x 11.21 x 6.59
(336 x 285 x 167)

12.59 x 10.59 x 6.34
(320 x 269 x 161)

11.71 x 9.71
(298 x 247)

5.89
(150)

10.25
(260)

8.25
(210)

10.04
(255)

8.04
(204)

7.6 lbs.

BP1210*

15.21 x 13.21 x 7.09
(386 x 336 x 180)

14.55 x 12.55 x 6.84
(370 x 319 x 174)

13.71 x 11.71
(348 x 298)

6.39
(162)

12.25
(311)

10.25
(260)

12.04
(306)

10.04
(255)

11.4 lbs.

BP1412*

Note: Hinged Short Side available; consult factory for details.
All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
*Panel ordered separately.
Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

47

CLW_Series_2011_3_CLW_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:47 PM Page 48

Technical Specifications - Classic Window Series

W

CLW

Flush Bonded Window “W” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover
W Construction

Classic Window
Series

Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Bonded Window

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic
material for maximum visibility

W Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Window Temperature Range
Window Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
(-76° F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
(-26°F to +170°F ) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-HB
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

W Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 157

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

W Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

48

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

CLW_Series_2011_3_CLW_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:47 PM Page 49

HW

Technical Specifications - Classic Window Series

CLW

Flush Bonded Window “HW” configuration - Hinged, 2 cover screws
HW Construction
Material
Gasket

Bonded Window

HW Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Window Temperature Range
Window Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
(-76° F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
(-26°F to +170°F ) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-HB
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HW Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 157

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HW Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

49

Classic Window
Series

Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic
material for maximum visibility

CLW_Series_2011_3_CLW_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:47 PM Page 50

Technical Specifications - Classic Window Series

HLL

CLW

Flush Bonded Window “HLL” configuration - Hinged, twist latch
HLL Construction

Classic Window
Series

Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Bonded Window

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic
material for maximum visibility

HLL Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Window Temperature Range
Window Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
(-76° F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
(-26°F to +170°F ) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-HB
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HLL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 157

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HLL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

50

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

CLW_Series_2011_3_CLW_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:47 PM Page 51

Technical Specifications - Classic Window Series

HPL

CLW

“HPL” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch
HPL Construction
Material
Gasket

Bonded Window

HPL Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Window Temperature Range
Window Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12
(-76° F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
(-26°F to +170°F ) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-HB
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HPL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 157

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HPL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

51

Classic Window
Series

Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic
material for maximum visibility

CLW_Series_2011_3_CLW_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:47 PM Page 52

Classic Window Series Technical Drawings

W

C

Classic Window
Series

B

1.47

A

A
M

H

B

A

SECTION B-B

F

L

J

D

E

K

N

B

SECTION A-A
FRONT VIEW
WITHOUT COVER

Stahlin Enclosures

52

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

CLW_Series_2011_3_CLW_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:47 PM Page 53

Classic Window Series Flush Bonded Window Enclosures

Classic Window Series Flush Bonded Window Enclosures
OVERALL
INSIDE
WINDOW AREA MOUNTING
HXWXD
AXBXC
[MAXIMUM]
EXF
7.21 x 7.21 x 5.09
6.65 x 6.65 x 4.84
5.06 x 5.06
5.71 x 5.71
(183 x 183 x 129)
(169 x 169 x 123)
(129 x 129)
(145 x 145)
9.21 x 7.21 x 5.09
8.59 x 6.59 x 4.84
7.06 x 5.06
7.71 x 5.71
(234 x 183 x 129)
(218 x 167 x 123)
(179 x 129)
(196 x 145)
11.21 x 9.21 x 6.09 10.59 x 8.59 x 5.84
9.06 x 7.06
9.71 x 7.71
(285 x 234 x 155)
(269 x 218 x 148)
(230 x 179)
(247 x 196)
13.21 x 11.21 x 6.59 12.59 x 10.59 x 6.34 11.06 x 9.06
11.71 x 9.71
(336 x 285 x 167)
(320 x 269 x 161)
(281 x 230)
(298 x 247)

J
4.39
(111)
4.39
(111)
5.39
(137)
5.89
(150)

K
4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)
10.25
(260)

L
4.25
(108)
4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)

M
4.04
(103)
6.04
(154)
8.04
(204)
10.04
(255)

N
4.04
(103)
4.04
(103)
6.04
(154)
8.04
(204)

15.21 x 13.21 x 7.09 14.55 x 12.55 x 6.84
(386 x 336 x 180)
(370 x 319 x 174)

6.39
(162)

12.25
(311)

10.25
(260)

12.04
(306)

10.04
(255)

13.06 x 11.06
(332 x 281)

13.71 x 11.71
(348 x 298)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
4 lbs.

PANEL
NUMBER
BP66*

4.3 lbs.

BP86*

6 lbs.

BP108*

7.8 lbs.

BP1210*

11.6 lbs.

BP1412*

Note: Hinge Short Side available; consult factory for details.
All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
*Panel ordered separately.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

53

Classic Window
Series

SIZE ID
NUMBER
CLW707HW
CLW707HPL
CLW907HW
CLW907HPL
CLW1109HW
CLW1109HPL
CLW1311W
CLW1311HW
CLW1311HLL
CLW1311HPL
CLW1513HW
CLW1513HLL
CLW1513HPL

CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1_CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 2:49 PM Page 54

The CF and F Series
The CF and F Series is built around two enclosure designs. Both feature a slim style with flush
side walls, while the F Series features an overhang cover style. Both are designed from fiberglass
reinforced polyester and feature a continuous polyurethane gasket that provides a complete
environmental seal.
These enclosures are ideal for compact or portable control or simply as a small junction box.

Small Junction
Series

Both of these streamlined series feature unobstructed sidewalls, captive stainless steel cover
screws and a full range of sizes.
The F Series features a small overhang cover but also adds back panel mounting capabilities.
CF and F Series enclosures are designed for general electrical and electronic applications and
any application that has associated environmental concerns.

CF and F Series Attributes
●

Memory retaining continuous polyurethane gasket

●

Captive stainless steel cover screws

●

Chemically resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester

●

Submersible, non corrosive, environmental design

●

High impact resistance

CF Series Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50

File E64358
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250

Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2

File LR069014
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

UL1741

File E333478

Temperature Range

(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating

UL94-5V

Self extinguishing

Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance

Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

Class A (1)

CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1_CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 2:49 PM Page 55

Small Junction
Series

CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1_CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 2:49 PM Page 56

Small Junction

CF

Technical Specifications - CF Series

CF

“CF” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover

CF Construction
Material
Gasket

Small Junction
Series

Cover screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Enclosure mounting
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Recessed captive stainless steel screws
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Mounting wells located under the cover/outside the gasket area.
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

CF Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std 22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

CF Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

56

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1_CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 2:49 PM Page 57

CF Series Technical Drawings

Small Junction
Series

CF Series Enclosures
SIZE ID
NUMBER
*CF332
CF532
CF644
CF832
CF844
CF932
CF1144
CF1432
CF1732

OVERALL
HXWXD
3.72 x 3.63 x 2.95
(95 x 92 x 75)
5.97 x 3.63 x 3.14
(152 x 92 x 80)
6.63 x 3.81 x 3.89
(168 x 97 x 99)
8.41 x 3.63 x 3.14
(214 x 92 x 80)
8.88 x 3.81 x 3.89
(225 x 97 x 99)
9.35 x 3.63 x 3.14
(237 x 92 x 80)
11.13 x 3.81 x 3.89
(283 x 97 x 99)
13.78 x 3.63 x 3.14
(350 x 92 x 80)
17.35 x 3.63 x 3.14
(441 x 92 x 80)

INSIDE
AXBXC
3.13 x 3.03 x 2.70
(79 x 77 x 69)
5.38 x 3.03 x 2.87
(137 x 77 x 73)
6.00 x 3.19 x 3.63
(153 x 81 x 92)
7.82 x 3.03 x 2.87
(199 x 77 x 73)
8.26 x 3.19 x 3.63
(210 x 81 x 92)
8.75 x 3.03 x 2.87
(222 x 77 x 73)
10.51 x 3.19 x 3.63
(267 x 81 x 92)
13.19 x 3.03 x 2.87
(335 x 77 x 73)
16.75 x 3.03 x 2.87
(426 x 77 x 73)

I
0
(0)
4.72
(120)
5.31
(135)
7.16
(182)
7.56
(192)
8.10
(206)
9.81
(249)
12.53
(318)
16.10
(409)

J
0
(0)
2.38
(61)
2.50
(64)
2.38
(60)
2.50
(64)
2.38
(60)
2.50
(64)
2.38
(60)
2.38
(60)

K
2.31
(59)
4.56
(116)
4.88
(124)
7.00
(178)
7.13
(181)
7.94
(202)
9.37
(238)
12.37
(314)
15.94
(405)

L
2.75
(70)
2.75
(70)
2.94
(75)
2.75
(70)
2.94
(75)
2.75
(70)
2.94
(75)
2.75
(70)
2.75
(70)

M
1.59
(40)
3.84
(98)
4.13
(105)
6.28
(160)
6.38
(162)
7.22
(183)
8.63
(219)
11.66
(296)
15.22
(387)

N
2.03
(52)
2.03
(52)
2.19
(56)
2.03
(52)
2.19
(56)
2.03
(52)
2.19
(56)
2.03
(52)
2.03
(52)

P
2.2
(56)
2.2
(56)
2.2
(56)
2.2
(56)
2.2
(56)
2.2
(56)
2.2
(56)
2.2
(56)
2.2
(56)

Q
4.4
(112)
6.7
(169)
7.3
(186)
9.1
(231)
9.6
(243)
10.1
(256)
11.8
(300)
14.5
(368)
18
(458)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
0.9 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1.8 lbs.
1.6 lbs.
2.1 lbs.
2.1 lbs.
2.8 lbs.

*Flat Cover
All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

57

CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1_CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 2:49 PM Page 58

Small Junction

Technical Specifications - Small Junction Series

F

“F” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover

F

Construction
Material
Gasket

Small Junction
Series

Cover screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Enclosure mounting
Cover retention
Panel Mounting
Soft Edge Design

F

NOTES:

F

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Captive stainless steel screws
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Mounting wells located under the cover/outside the gasket area.
Stainless steel beaded cover retention chain
Raised bosses with brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws for
optional panel mounting
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std 22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-haloginated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

Accessories

Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

F

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

58

•

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

F

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1_CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 2:49 PM Page 59

F Series Technical Drawings

W
B

J
A

A

M

A

Small Junction
Series

H

SECTION B-B

B

F

L
C

D

K

E

N
B
SECTION A-A
FRONT VIEW
WITHOUT COVER

F Series Enclosures
SIZE ID
NUMBER
F 763
F 963

OVERALL
HXWXD
7.63 x 6.63 x 3.19
(194 x 168 x 81)
9.87 x 6.63 x 3.19
(251 x 168 x 81)

INSIDE
AXBXC
6.90 x 5.90 x 2.88
(175 x 150 x 73)
9.15 x 5.90 x 2.88
(232 x 150 x 73)

MOUNTING
EXF
5.37 x 5.63
(137 x 143)
7.62 x 5.63
(194 x 143)

J
2.48
(63)
2.48
(63)

K
5.37
(137)
7.62
(194)

L
4.25
(108)
4.25
(108)

M
4.52
(115)
6.77
(172)

N
4.9
(124)
4.9
(124)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
2.5 lbs.

PANEL
NUMBER
BP76*

2.6 lbs.

BP96*

*Panel ordered separately
All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

59

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:51 PM Page 60

The Pushbutton Series
The Pushbutton Series includes two separate enclosure designs, an in-line style and a multi-hole
style configuration. Both are designed from fiberglass reinforced polyester and feature a continuous
polyurethane gasket that provides a complete environmental seal. A full metal grounding strap is
furnished with each configuration for ease of bonding.
Designed as a true pushbutton station, the in-line enclosure does not offer a provision for panel
mounting. If panel mounting is required, the preferred enclosure would be the multi-hole pushbutton.
Unobstructed side-walls, captive stainless steel cover screws and a full range of sizes makes this a most
versatile offering. This unique in-line enclosures will house pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights in both

Pushbutton
Series

30mm and 22mm configurations.
The alternate configuration is the multi-hole design which has a integral flange mount and back panel
capabilities. This series is ideal for high density pushbutton mounting and can accommodate up to nine
operators on a single cover. This multi-hole design is compatible with 30mm configuration components.
Pushbutton series enclosures are designed for general electrical and electronic applications and any
application that has associated environmental concerns. Custom hole configurations are available upon
request. Please consult factory.

Pushbutton Series Attributes
●

Flush cover design

●

Memory retaining continuous polyurethane gasket

●

Captive stainless steel cover screws

●

Full metal grounding strap

●

Notched key hole design

●

Chemically resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester

●

Submersible, non corrosive, environmental design

●

Available in 30mm and 22mm configurations

Pushbutton Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50

File E64358
Type 1, 3, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250

Type 1, 3, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std 22.2

File LR069014
Type 1, 3, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range

(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating

UL94-5V

Self extinguishing

Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance

Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

Class A (1)

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:52 PM Page 61

Pushbutton
Series

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:52 PM Page 62

Push Button

Technical Specifications - Pushbutton Series

CF

CF

“CF” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover 30mm

CF Construction
Material
Gasket

Pushbutton
Series

Cover screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Enclosure mounting
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Recessed captive stainless steel screws
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Mounting wells located under the cover, outside gasket area
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

CF Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

CF Accessories
Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 157

CF Modifications
Custom Colors
Custom Painting
Silk Screening
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

62

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:52 PM Page 63

Pushbutton Series “30mm In-Line” Configuration Technical Drawings
W
J
B

O

C
2.25

H

(57)

I

M
A

A

A
2.25

(57)

.190
(5)

Pushbutton
Series

SECTION B-B

B

1.210
(31)

.672
(17)

L

D

K

N

B

SECTION A-A
.190
(5)

FRONT VIEW

Pushbutton Series Enclosures - “30mm In-Line” Configuration Dimensions
SIZE ID
NUMBER
CF1PB
CF2PB
CF3PB
CF4PB
CF5PB
CF6PB

OVERALL
HXWXD
6.63 x 3.81 x 3.89
(168 x 97 x 99)
6.63 x 3.81 x 3.89
(168 x 97 x 99)
8.88 x 3.81 x 3.89
(225 x 97 x 99)
11.13 x 3.81 x 3.89
(283 x 97 x 99)
13.78 x 3.63 x 3.14
(350 x 92 x 80)
17.35 x 3.63 x 3.14
(441 x 92 x 80)

INSIDE
AXBXC
6.00 x 3.19 x 3.63
(153 x 81 x 92)
6.00 x 3.19 x 3.63
(153 x 81 x 92)
8.26 x 3.19 x 3.63
(210 x 81 x 92)
10.51 x 3.19 x 3.63
(267 x 81 x 92)
13.19 x 3.03 x 2.87
(335 x 77 x 73)
16.75 x 3.03 x 2.87
(426 x 77 x 73)

I
5.31
(135)
5.31
(135)
7.56
(192)
9.81
(249)
12.53
(318)
16.1
(409)

J
2.5
(64)
2.5
(64)
2.5
(64)
2.5
(64)
2.38
(60)
2.38
(60)

K
4.88
(124)
4.88
(124)
7.13
(181)
9.37
(238)
12.37
(314)
15.94
(405)

L
2.94
(75)
2.94
(75)
2.94
(75)
2.94
(75)
2.75
(70)
2.75
(70)

M
4.13
(105)
4.13
(105)
6.38
(162)
8.63
(219)
11.66
(296)
15.22
(387)

N
2.19
(56)
2.19
(56)
2.19
(56)
2.19
(56)
2.03
(52)
2.03
(52)

O
3.31
(84)
2.19
(56)
2.19
(56)
2.19
(56)
2.39
(61)
3.05
(77)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1.8 lbs.
2.0 lbs.
2.1 lbs.
3.0 lbs.

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
Note: Shown CF3PB for Reference.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

63

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:52 PM Page 64

Push Button

Technical Specifications - Pushbutton Series

CF

CF

“CF” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover 22mm

CF Construction
Material
Gasket

Pushbutton
Series

Cover screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Enclosure mounting
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Recessed captive stainless steel screws
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Mounting wells located under the cover, outside gasket area
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

CF Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

CF Accessories
Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

pg. 157

CF Modifications
Custom Colors
Custom Painting
Silk Screening
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

64

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:52 PM Page 65

Pushbutton Series “22mm In-Line” Configuration Technical Drawings
W
J
B

O

C

1.56 (40)

M

A

H

1.56 (40)

I

A

A
1.56 (40)

Pushbutton
Series

SECTION B-B

B

L

.125
(3)

D

K

.875
(22)

N

.468
(12)

B

SECTION A-A

FRONT VIEW
WITHOUT COVER

Pushbutton Series Enclosures - “22mm In-Line” Configuration Dimensions
SIZE ID
NUMBER
CF1PB-22
CF2PB-22
CF3PB-22
CF4PB-22
CF5PB-22
CF6PB-22

OVERALL
HXWXD
6.63 x 3.81 x 3.89
(168 x 97 x 99)
6.63 x 3.81 x 3.89
(168 x 97 x 99)
6.63 x 3.81 x 3.89
(168 x 97 x 99)
8.88 x 3.81 x 3.89
(225 x 97 x 99)
11.13 x 3.81 x 3.89
(283 x 97 x 99)
11.13 x 3.81 x 3.89
(283 x 97 x 99)

INSIDE
AXBXC
6.00 x 3.19 x 3.63
(153 x 81 x 92)
6.00 x 3.19 x 3.63
(153 x 81 x 92)
6.00 x 3.19 x 3.63
(153 x 81 x 92)
8.26 x 3.19 x 3.63
(210 x 81 x 92)
10.51 x 3.19 x 3.63
(267 x 81 x 92)
10.51 x 3.19 x 3.63
(267 x 81 x 92)

I
5.31
(135)
5.31
(135)
5.31
(135)
7.56
(192)
9.81
(249)
9.81
(249)

J
2.5
(64)
2.5
(64)
2.5
(64)
2.5
(64)
2.5
(64)
2.5
(64)

K
4.88
(124)
4.88
(124)
4.88
(124)
7.13
(181)
9.37
(238)
9.37
(238)

L
2.94
(75)
2.94
(75)
2.94
(75)
2.94
(75)
2.94
(75)
2.94
(75)

M
4.13
(105)
4.13
(105)
4.13
(105)
6.38
(162)
8.63
(219)
8.63
(219)

N
2.19
(56)
2.19
(56)
2.19
(56)
2.19
(56)
2.19
(56)
2.19
(56)

O
3.31
(84)
2.53
(64)
1.75
(44)
2.09
(53)
2.44
(62)
1.66
(42)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
1.6 lbs.
1.6 lbs.
1.6 lbs.
1.8 lbs.
2.1 lbs.
2.1 lbs.

All measures are in inches, items in parenthesis are in millimeters.
Note: Shown CF4PB-22 for Reference.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

65

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:52 PM Page 66

Push Button

Technical Specifications - Pushbutton Series

F

“F” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover 30mm

F

Construction
Material
Gasket
Cover screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Enclosure mounting
Cover retention
Panel Mounting

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Recessed captive stainless steel screws
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Integral mounting flange for ease of mounting
Stainless steel beaded cover retention chain
Raised bosses with brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws for
optional panel mounting
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

Pushbutton
Series

Soft Edge Design

F

Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

F

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

Accessories

Mounting Feet
Mounting Feet

F

pg. 155

Modifications
Custom Colors
Custom Painting
Silk Screening
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

66

F

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:52 PM Page 67

Pushbutton Series “Multi-Hole” Configuration Technical Drawings

W
F
HOLE DIA.
4 PLC'S.

B

O

C
2.25

(57)

N

K

A

A

E

H

A

Pushbutton
Series

M

B
SECTION B-B

2.25
P
(57)

.190
(5)
J

D
1.210
(31)

B

.672
(17)

L
SECTION A-A

Pushbutton Series Enclosures - “Multi-Hole” Configuration Dimensions
CATALOG
NUMBER
F4PBW

HOLE
CONFIG.
2x2

F6PBW

3x2

F9PBW

3x3

OVERALL
HXWXD
7.50 x 7.50 x 4.75
(191 x 191 x 121)
9.62 x 7.50 x 4.74
(244 x 191 x 121)
11.62 x 9.41 x 4.25
(295 x 239 x 108)

INSIDE
AXBXC
5.72 x 5.72 x 4.45
(145 x 145 x 113)
7.73 x 5.74 x 4.45
(196 x 146 x 113)
9.73 x 7.73 x 3.98
(247 x 196 x 101)

MOUNTING
HOLE
EXF
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DIA.
6.75 x 4.00 4.00 4.25 4.25 0.25 7.52 2.64 2.64 0.31
(171 x 101) (101) (108) (108) (6) (191) (67) (67) (8)
8.88 x 4.00 4.00 6.25 4.25 0.25 9.5 2.64 2.51 0.31
(225 x 101) (101) (159) (108) (6) (242) (67) (64) (8)
10.75 x 6.00 3.50 8.25 6.25 0.25 11.35 3.43 2.45 0.31
(273 x 152) (89) (209) (159) (6) (288) (87) (62) (8)

SHIPPING
WT.
2.7 lbs.

PANEL
NUMBER
BP66*

3.5 lbs.

BP86*

5.0 lbs.

BP108*

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
Note: Shown F6PBW for Reference.
* Panel ordered separately.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

67

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 68

The J/RJ Series

J

The J Series enclosures follow the original design of fiberglass enclosure products featuring a modest overhang cover
on a flange mounted base. This simple but elegant concept offers unobstructed side-walls, built in mounting capabilities
and the strength characteristics associated with a protective wrap around cover that is hinged, latched or screwed down.
Stahlin's J series enclosures are designed for general electrical and electronic applications and any application that has
associated environmental concerns. Simple in its design, the enclosure can be configured with cutouts, windows and
modifications that make your finished product truly unique.
J series products enhance any instrument installation. They accommodate standard back panel mounting but offer a
range of panels, including an elevated dead front panel that is highly visible through a cover mounted window.
If extra depth is required, the series offers a “raised cover” that increases depth by adding to the depth of the cover.
This feature can be particularly effective with cover mounted components. There is a multitude of variations available in
this simple but elegant design.

J/RJ Series Attributes
J/RJ Series

●

●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Available in 3 cover options on certain size enclosures:
1. Opaque Cover
2. Flush Bonded Window
3. Clear Polycarbonate Cover
Overhang cover on smooth sided base
High temperature, flame retardant, non-corrosive
All stainless hardware latches and screws
Full length stainless steel hinge
Chemically resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester
Submersible, non corrosive, environmental designs
Stainless steel retention chain on screw covers
Continuous polyurethane gasket

J/RJ Series Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50

File E64358
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250

Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2

File LR069014
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

UL1741

File E333478
W, HW, HPL, FHW, FHPL

Temperature Range

(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Temperature Range Window

(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Temperature Range Clear Cover

(-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Flammability Rating

UL94-5V

Cover Flammability

UL94-V0

Window Flammability

UL94-HB

Self extinguishing

Non-haloginated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance

Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

Class A (1)

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 69

J/RJ Series

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 70

J

Technical Specifications - J Series

W

Opaque Cover “W” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover
W Construction
Material
Gasket
Pan head screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Cover retention chain

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Minimized protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Molded in flange for ease of mounting.
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Stainless steel beaded chain for securing cover after lift off

W Industry Standards
J Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-haloginated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

W Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

W Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

70

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 71

J

Technical Specifications - J Series

HW

Opaque Cover “HW” configuration - Hinged, 2 cover screws
HW Construction
Material
Gasket
Pan head screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Color

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset).
Available standard in Glacier Grey or White
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Minimized protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Molded in flange for ease of mounting.
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Available Standard in Glacier Grey or White

HW Industry Standards

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-haloginated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

J Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

HW Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HW Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

71

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 72

J

Technical Specifications - J Series

HLL

Opaque Cover “HLL” configuration - Hinged, twist latch
HLL Construction
Material
Gasket
Pan head screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Minimized protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Molded in flange for ease of mounting.
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

HLL Industry Standards

J Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-haloginated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HLL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HLL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

72

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 73

J

Technical Specifications - J Series

HPL

Opaque Cover “HPL” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch
HPL Construction
Material
Gasket
Pan head screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Color

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset).
Available standard in Glacier Grey or White
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Minimized protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Molded in flange for ease of mounting.
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Available Standard in Glacier Grey or White

HPL Industry Standards

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-haloginated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

J Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

HPL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HPL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

73

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 74

J

Technical Specifications - J Series

FHW

Opaque Cover “FHW” configuration - Fiberglass hinge, four cover screws
FHW

Construction

Material
Gasket
Pan head screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Hinge Material

FHW

Industry Standards

J Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

FHW

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Minimized protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Molded in flange for ease of mounting.
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Glass filled Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT)

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-haloginated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

Accessories

Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

FHW

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

Modifications

Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

74

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 75

J Series Technical Drawings

continued on following pages

Standard Flat Cover

W

Crowned Cover

F
HOLE DIA.
4 PLC'S.

B

C

C

A

N

A

E

Crowned Cover
Available in 1008
sizes only

H

A

E

H

A

M

M

SECTION B-B

B
S
L

J Series

J

D
K

B

.080" Thick

Aluminum
Panel
SECTION A-A

FRONT VIEW
WITHOUT COVER

J Series Enclosures - Opaque Cover
SIZE ID
NUMBER
J604W
J604HW***
J604HLL
J604HPL***
J606W
J606HW***
J606HLL
J606HPL***
J806W
J806HW***
J806HLL
J806HPL***
J806FHW
J808W
J808HW***
J808HLL
J808HPL***
J808FHW

OVERALL
HXWXD
7.47 x 5.45 x 4.70
(190 x 138 x 119)

INSIDE
AXBXC
5.84 x 3.85 x 4.45
(148 x 98 x 113)

MOUNTING
EXF
6.75 x 2.00
(171 x 51)

J
3.97
(101)

K
4.25
(108)

L
2.25
(57)

M
0.25
(6)

N
7.39
(188)

HOLE
DIA.
0.31
(8)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
2.40 lbs.

PANEL
NUMBER
BP64**

7.50 x 7.53 x 4.82
(191 x 191 x 122)

5.72 x 5.72 x 4.45
(145 x 145 x 113)

6.75 x 4.00
(171 x 101)

3.97
(101)

4.25
(108)

4.25
(108)

0.25
(6)

7.53
(191)

0.31
(8)

2.80 lbs.

BP66**

9.63 x 7.52 x 4.70
(245 x 191 x 119)

7.73 x 5.74 x 4.45
(196 x 146 x 113)

8.88 x 4.00
(225 x 101)

3.92
(100)

6.25
(159)

4.25
(108)

0.25
(6)

9.5
(242)

0.31
(8)

3.50 lbs.

BP86**

9.56 x 9.38 x 4.87
(243 x 238 x 124)

7.73 x 7.73 x 4.62
(196 x 196 x 117)

8.75 x 6.00
(222 x 152)

3.98
(101)

6.25
(159)

6.25
(159)

0.25
(6)

9.38
(238)

0.31
(8)

3.80 lbs.

BP88**

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
*Crowned cover – center of cover raised 3/4"
**Panel ordered separately
***Available in white by placing WH prior to part number ex. WH-J604HW

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

75

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 76

J Series Technical Information
Standard Flat Cover

W

Crowned Cover

F
HOLE DIA.
4 PLC'S.

B

C

C

A

N

A

E

Crowned Cover
Available in 1008
sizes only

H

A

E

H

A

M

M

SECTION B-B

B
S
L

J

D
K

J Series

B

.080" Thick

Aluminum
Panel
SECTION A-A

FRONT VIEW
WITHOUT COVER

J Series Enclosures - Opaque Cover
SIZE ID
NUMBER
J1008W
J1008HW***
J1008HLL
J1008HPL***
J1008FHW
J1008WA*
J1008HWA*
J1008HALL*
J1008FHAPL*
J1008FHWA*

OVERALL
HXWXD
11.63 x 9.41 x 4.22
(295 x 239 x 107)

INSIDE
AXBXC
9.73 x 7.73 x 3.98
(247 x 196 x 101)

MOUNTING
EXF
10.75 x 6.00
(273 x 152)

J
3.44
(87)

K
8.25
(210)

L
6.25
(159)

M
0.25
(6)

N
11.35
(288)

HOLE
DIA.
0.31
(8)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
4.60 lbs.

PANEL
NUMBER
BP108**

11.63 x 9.37 x 5.08
(295 x 238 x 129)

9.73 x 7.73 x 4.83
(247 x 196 x 123)

10.75 x 6.00
(273 x 152)

4.38
(111)

8.25
(210)

6.25
(159)

0.25
(6)

11.38
(289)

0.31
(8)

4.70 lbs.

BP108**

11.97 x 9.42 x 6.50
(304 x 239 x 165)

9.74 x 7.74 x 6.25
(248 x 197 x 159)

10.94 - 10.75 x 6.00
(278 - 273 x 152)

5.67
(141)

8.25
(210)

6.25
(159)

0.25
(6)

11.42
(290)

0.31
(8)

5.20 lbs.

BP108**

13.56 x 11.43 x 5.22
(344 x 291 x 133)

11.79 x 9.80 x 4.94
(299 x 249 x 125)

12.75 x 8.00
(324 x 203)

4.50
(114)

10.25
(260)

8.25
(210)

0.25
(6)

13.41
(341)

0.31
(8)

6.60 lbs.

BP1210**

13.56 x 13.38 x 6.34
(344 x 340 x 161)

11.70 x 11.70 x 6.10
(297 x 297 x 155)

12.75 x 10.00
(324 x 254)

5.51
(140)

10.25
(260)

10.25
(260)

0.25
(6)

13.38
(340)

0.31
(8)

8.40 lbs.

BP1212**

Crowned Cover

J100806W
J100806HW***
J100806HLL
J100806HPL***
J100806FHW
J1210W
J1210HW***
J1210HLL
J1210HPL***
J1210FHW
J1212W
J1212HW***
J1212HLL
J1212HPL***
J1212FHW

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
*Crowned cover – center of cover raised 3/4"
** Panel ordered separately
***Available in white by placing WH prior to part number ex. WH-J604HW
Stahlin Enclosures

76

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 77

J Series Technical Information
Standard Flat Cover

W

Crowned Cover

F
HOLE DIA.
4 PLC'S.

B

C

C

A

N

A

E

Crowned Cover
Available in 1008
sizes only

H

A

E

H

A

M

M

SECTION B-B

B
S
L

J

D
K

B

J Series

.080" Thick

Aluminum
Panel
SECTION A-A

FRONT VIEW
WITHOUT COVER

J Series Enclosures - Opaque Cover
SIZE ID
NUMBER
J1407W
J1407HW***
J1407HLL
J1407HPL***
J1407FHW
J1412W
J1412HW***
J1412HLL
J1412HPL***
J1412FHW
J1614W
J1614HW***
J1614HLL
J1614HPL***
J1614FHW
J1816W
J1816HW***
J1816HLL
J1816HPL***
J1816FHW
J2016W
J2016HW***
J2016HLL
J2016HPL***
J2016FHW

OVERALL
HXWXD
15.87 x 8.75 x 6.81
(403 x 222 x 173)

INSIDE
AXBXC
14.00 x 7.00 x 6.56
(356 x 178 x 167)

MOUNTING
EXF
15.00 x 5.00
(381 x 127)

J
6.11
(155)

K
12.25
(311)

L
5.25
(133)

M
0.25
(6)

N
15.75
(400)

HOLE
DIA.
0.31
(8)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
6.10 lbs.

PANEL
NUMBER
BP1407**

15.50 x 13.48 x 6.20
(394 x 342 x 158)

13.50 x 11.52 x 5.94
(343 x 293 x 151)

14.62 x 10.00
(372 x 254)

5.36
(137)

12.25
(311)

10.25
(260)

0.25
(6)

15.48
(393)

0.31
(8)

9.90 lbs.

BP1412**

17.53 x 15.46 x 6.21
(445 x 393 x 157)

15.60 x 13.56 x 5.94
(396 x 344 x 151)

16.75 x 12.00
(425 x 305)

5.35
(136)

14.25
(362)

12.25
(311)

0.25
(6)

17.46
(444)

0.31
(8)

12.20 lbs.

BP1614**

19.63 x 17.61 x 8.81
(499 x 447 x 224)

17.69 x 15.69 x 8.45
(449 x 399 x 215)

18.88 x 12.00
(479 x 305)

7.98
(203)

16.25
(413)

14.25
(362)

0.25
(6)

19.61
(498)

0.31
(8)

20.00 lbs.

BP1816**

22.00 x 17.68 x 8.81
(559 x 449 x 224)

19.72 x 15.72 x 8.45
(501 x 399 x 215)

21.25 x 10.00
(540 x 254)

7.98
(203)

18.25
(464)

14.25
(362)

0.25
(6)

21.68
(551)

0.31
(8)

22.50 lbs.

BPJ2016**

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
*Crowned cover – center of cover raised 3/4"
** Panel ordered separately
***Available in white by placing WH prior to part number ex. WH-J604HW

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

77

JW_Series_2011_3_JW_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 4:49 PM Page 78

JW

Technical Specifications - JW Series

HLL

Flush Bonded Window “HLL” configuration - Hinged, twist latch
HLL Construction
Material
Gasket
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Bonded window

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Molded in flange for ease of mounting.
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic
material for maximum visibility

HLL Industry Standards

JW Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Temperature Range Window
Flammability Rating
Window Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)
(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-5V
UL94V-HB
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HLL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HLL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

78

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

JW_Series_2011_3_JW_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 4:49 PM Page 79

JW

Technical Specifications - JW Series

HPL

Flush Bonded Window “HPL” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch
HPL Construction
Material
Gasket
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Bonded window

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Molded in flange for ease of mounting.
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic
material for maximum visibility

HPL Industry Standards

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)
(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-5V
UL94V-HB
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

JW Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Temperature Range Window
Flammability Rating
Window Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

HPL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HPL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

79

JW_Series_2011_3_JW_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 4:49 PM Page 80

JW Series Technical Drawings

Standard Flat Cover

Crowned Cover

C

C

A

E

Crowned Cover
Available in 1008
sizes only

H

A

M

M

JW Series

SECTION B-B

S
L

J

D
K

B

Thick

Aluminum
Panel
SECTION A-A

FRONT VIEW
WITHOUT COVER

Stahlin Enclosures

80

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

E

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

H

JW_Series_2011_3_JW_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 4:49 PM Page 81

JW Series Technical Chart

JW Series Enclosures
SIZE ID
NUMBER
JW604HLL
JW604HPL
JW606HLL
JW606HPL
JW806HLL
JW806HPL
JW808HLL

OVERALL
HXWXD
7.47 x 5.45 x 4.70
(190 x 138 x 119)
7.50 x 7.53 x 4.82
(191 x 191 x 122)
9.63 x 7.52 x 4.70
(245 x 191 x 119)
9.56 x 9.38 x 4.87
(243 x 238 x 124)
JW1008HLL
11.63 x 9.41 x 4.22
JW1008HPL
(295 x 239 x 107)
JW1008HALL* 11.63 x 9.37 x 5.08
JW1008HAPL* (295 x 238 x 129)

INSIDE
AXBXC
5.84 x 3.85 x 4.45
(148 x 98 x 113)
5.72 x 5.72 x 4.45
(145 x 145 x 113)
7.73 x 5.74 x 4.45
(196 x 146 x 113)
7.73 x 7.73 x 4.62
(196 x 196 x 117)
9.73 x 7.73 x 3.98
(247 x 196 x 101)
9.73 x 7.73 x 4.71
(247 x 196 x 120)

WINDOW AREA
(MAXIMUM)
PXQ
4.25 x 2.25
(108 x 57)
4.25 x 4.25
(108 x 108)
6.25 x 4.25
(159 x 108)
8.75 x 6.00
(222 x 152)
8.25 x 6.25
(210 x 159)
8.25 x 6.25
(210 x 159)

MOUNTING
EXF
6.75 x 2.00
(171 x 51)
6.75 x 4.00
(171 x 101)
8.88 x 4.00
(225 x 101)
8.75 x 6.00
(222 x 152)
10.75 x 6.00
(273 x 152)
10.75 x 6.00
(273 x 152)

J
3.97
(101)
3.97
(101)
3.92
(100)
3.98
(101)
3.44
(87)
4.25
(108)

K
4.25
(108)
4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)
8.25
(210)

L
2.25
(57)
4.25
(108)
4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
6.25
(159)
6.25
(159)

M
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)

N
7.39
(188)
7.53
(191)
9.5
(242)
9.38
(238)
11.35
(288)
11.38
(289)

HOLE SHIPPING PANEL
DIA. WEIGHT NUMBER
0.31
2.40 lbs.
BP64**
(8)
0.31
2.80 lbs.
BP66**
(8)
0.31
3.50 lbs.
BP86**
(8)
0.31
3.80 lbs.
BP88**
(8)
0.31
4.60 lbs. BP108**
(8)
0.31
4.70 lbs. BP108**
(8)

9.74 x 7.74 x 6.25
(248 x 197 x 159)
11.79 x 9.80 x 4.94
(299 x 249 x 125)
11.70 x 11.70 x 6.10
(297 x 297 x 155)
14.00 x 7.00 x 6.56
(356 x 178 x 167)
13.50 x 11.52 x 5.94
(343 x 293 x 151)
15.60 x 13.56 x 5.94
(396 x 344 x 151)
17.69 x 15.69 x 8.45
(449 x 399 x 215)
19.72 x 15.72 x 8.45
(501 x 399 x 215)

8.25 x 6.25
(210 x 159)
10.25 x 8.25
(260 x 210)
12.75 x 10.00
(324 x 254)
12.75 x 5.75
(324 x 146)
12.25 x 10.25
(311 x 260)
14.25 x 12.25
(362 x 311)
16.25 x 14.25
(413 x 362)
18.25 x 14.25
(464 x 362)

10.94 - 10.75 x 6.00
(278 - 273 x 152)
12.75 x 8.00
(324 x 203)
12.75 x 10.00
(324 x 254)
15.00 x 5.00
(381 x 127)
14.62 x 10.00
(372 x 254)
16.75 x 12.00
(425 x 305)
18.88 x 12.00
(479 x 305)
21.25 x 10.00
(540 x 254)

5.67
(141)
4.50
(114)
5.51
(140)
6.11
(155)
5.36
(137)
5.35
(136)
7.98
(203)
7.98
(203)

8.25
(210)
10.25
(260)
10.25
(260)
12.25
(311)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
16.25
(413)
18.25
(464)

6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)
10.25
(260)
5.25
(133)
10.25
(260)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
14.25
(362)

0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)

11.42
(290)
13.41
(341)
13.38
(340)
15.75
(400)
15.48
(393)
17.46
(444)
19.61
(498)
21.68
(551)

0.31
(8)
0.31
(8)
0.31
(8)
0.31
(8)
0.31
(8)
0.31
(8)
0.31
(8)
0.31
(8)

Crowned Cover

JW1412HLL
JW1412HPL
JW1614HLL
JW1614HPL
JW1816HLL
JW1816HPL
JW2016HLL
JW2016HPL

11.97 x 9.42 x 6.50
(304 x 239 x 165)
13.56 x 11.43 x 5.22
(344 x 291 x 133)
13.56 x 13.38 x 6.34
(344 x 340 x 161)
15.87 x 8.75 x 6.81
(403 x 222 x 173)
15.50 x 13.48 x 6.20
(394 x 342 x 158)
17.53 x 15.46 x 6.21
(445 x 393 x 157)
19.63 x 17.61 x 8.81
(499 x 447 x 224)
22.00 x 17.68 x 8.81
(559 x 449 x 224)

5.20 lbs.

BP108**

6.60 lbs.

BP1210**

8.40 lbs.

BP1212**

6.10 lbs.

BP1407**

9.90 lbs.

BP1412**

12.20 lbs.

BP1614**

20.00 lbs.

BP1816**

22.50 lbs. BPJ2016**

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
*Crowned cover – center of cover raised 3/4"
** Panel sold separately

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

81

JW Series

JW100806HLL
JW100806HPL
JW1210HLL
JW1210HPL
JW1212HLL
JW1212HPL
JW1407HPL

RJ_Series_2011_1_RJ_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:51 PM Page 82

RJ

Technical Specifications - RJ Series

W

Raised Cover “W” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover
W Construction
Material
Gasket
Pan head screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Cover retention chain
Raised Cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Minimizes protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Integral flange molded in place for ease of mounting
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Stainless steel beaded chain for securing cover after lift off
Extended depth in cover

W Industry Standards

RJ Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

W Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

W Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

82

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

RJ_Series_2011_1_RJ_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:51 PM Page 83

HW

RJ

Technical Specifications - RJ Series
Raised Cover “HW” configuration - Hinged, 2 cover screws
HW Construction
Material
Gasket
Pan head screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Raised cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Minimizes protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Integral flange molded in place for ease of mounting
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Extended depth in cover

HW Industry Standards

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

RJ Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

HW Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HW Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

83

RJ_Series_2011_1_RJ_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:51 PM Page 84

RJ

Technical Specifications - RJ Series

HLL

Raised Cover “HLL” configuration - Hinged, twist latch
HLL Construction
Material
Gasket
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Raised cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Integral flange molded in place for ease of mounting
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Extended depth in cover

HLL Industry Standards

RJ Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HLL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HLL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

84

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

RJ_Series_2011_1_RJ_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:51 PM Page 85

RJ

Technical Specifications - RJ Series

HPL

Raised Cover “HPL” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch
HPL Construction
Material
Gasket
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Raised cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Integral flange molded in place for ease of mounting
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Extended depth in cover

HPL Industry Standards

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

RJ Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

HPL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HPL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

85

RJ_Series_2011_1_RJ_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:51 PM Page 86

RJ Series

RJ Series Opaque Cover Technical Drawings

Stahlin Enclosures

86

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

RJ_Series_2011_1_RJ_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:51 PM Page 87

RJ Series Opaque Cover Technical Drawings

RJ Series Opaque Cover Enclosures
OVERALL
HXWXD
7.47 x 5.47 x 6.21
(190 x 139 x 158)

INSIDE
AXBXC
5.84 x 3.85 x 5.95
(148 x 98 x 151)

MOUNTING
EXF
6.75 x 2.00
(171 x 51)

J
5.51
(140)

K
4.25
(108)

L
2.25
(57)

M
0.25
(6)

N
7.45
(189)

O
5.31
(135)

P
3.34
(85)

HOLE
DIA.
0.31
(8)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
2.60 lbs.

PANEL
NUMBER
BP64*

7.50 x 7.53 x 6.32
(191 x 191 x 161)

5.72 x 5.72 x 5.97
(145 x 145 x 152)

6.75 x 4.00
(171 x 101)

5.49
(139)

4.25
(108)

4.25
(108)

0.25
(6)

7.53
(191)

5.34
(136)

5.31
(135)

0.31
(8)

3.10 lbs.

BP66*

9.63 x 7.52 x 6.20
(245 x 191 x 158)

7.73 x 5.74 x 5.95
(196 x 146 x 151)

8.88 x 4.00
(225 x 101)

5.49
(139)

6.25
(159)

4.25
(108)

0.25
(6)

9.36
(238)

7.25
(185)

5.28
(134)

0.31
(8)

3.70 lbs.

BP86*

9.56 x 9.38 x 6.25
(243 x 238 x 159)

7.73 x 7.73 x 6.00
(196 x 196 x 152)

8.75 x 6.00
(222 x 152)

5.42
(138)

6.25
(159)

6.25
(159)

0.25
(6)

9.38
(238)

7.17
(182)

7.17
(182)

0.31
(8)

4.20 lbs.

BP88*

11.63 x 9.37 x 6.58
(295 x 238 x 167)

9.73 x 7.73 x 6.33
(247 x 196 x 161)

10.75 x 6.00
(273 x 152)

5.87
(149)

8.25
(209)

6.25
(159)

0.25
(6)

11.38
(289)

9.3
(236)

7.38
(188)

0.31
(8)

5.20 lbs.

BP108*

13.56 x 11.43 x 6.58
(344 x 291 x 167)

11.79 x 9.80 x 6.32
(299 x 249 x 161)

12.75 x 8.00
(324 x 203)

5.87
(149)

10.25
(260)

8.25
(210)

0.25
(6)

13.41
(341)

11.2
(284)

9.23
(234)

0.31
(8)

6.70 lbs.

BP1210*

13.56 x 13.38 x 7.72
(344 x 340 x 196)

11.70 x 11.70 x 7.47 12.75 x 10.00 6.89
(297 x 297 x 190)
(324 x 254) (175)

10.25
(260)

10.25
(260)

0.25
(6)

13.38
(340)

11.17
(284)

11.17
(284)

0.31
(8)

8.90 lbs.

BP1212*

15.50 x 13.38 x 7.69
(394 x 340 x 195)

13.50 x 11.52 x 7.45 14.63 x 10.00 6.86
(343 x 293 x 189)
(372 x 254) (174)

12.25
(311)

10.25
(260)

0.25
(6)

15.42
(392)

13.2
(335)

11.16
(284)

0.31
(8)

10.20 lbs.

BP1412*

17.53 x 15.43 x 7.68
(445 x 392 x 195)

15.60 x 13.56 x 7.45 16.75 x 12.00 6.85
(396 x 344 x 189)
(425 x 305) (174)

14.25
(362)

12.25
(311)

0.25
(6)

17.43
(443)

15.2
(386)

13.24
(336)

0.31
(8)

12.30 lbs.

BP1614*

19.63 x 17.48 x 10.63 17.69 x 15.69 x 10.31 18.88 x 12.00 9.86
(499 x 444 x 270)
(449 x 399 x 262)
(479 x 305) (250)

16.25
(413)

14.25
(362)

0.25
(6)

19.49
(495)

17.25
(438)

15.25
(387)

0.31
(8)

19.50 lbs.

BP1816*

22.00 x 17.56 x 10.63 19.72 x 15.72 x 10.33 21.25 x 10.00
(559 x 446 x 270)
(501 x 399 x 262)
(540 x 254)

18.25
(464)

14.25
(362)

0.25
(6)

21.56
(548)

19.31
(490)

15.39
(391)

0.31
(8)

21.40 lbs.

BPJ2016*

9.86
(250)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
* Panel ordered separately.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

87

RJ Series

SIZE ID
NUMBER
RJ604W
RJ604HW
RJ604HLL
RJ604HPL
RJ606W
RJ606HW
RJ606HLL
RJ606HPL
RJ806W
RJ806HW
RJ806HLL
RJ806HPL
RJ808W
RJ808HW
RJ808HPL
RJ1008W
RJ1008HW
RJ1008HLL
RJ1008HPL
RJ1210W
RJ1210HW
RJ1210HLL
RJ1210W
RJ1212W
RJ1212HW
RJ1212HLL
RJ1212HPL
RJ1412W
RJ1412HW
RJ1412HLL
RJ1412HPL
RJ1614W
RJ1614HW
RJ1614HLL
RJ1614HPL
RJ1816W
RJ1816HW
RJ1816HLL
RJ1816HPL
RJ2016W
RJ2016HW
RJ2016HLL
RJ2016HPL

RJW_Series_2011_2_RJW_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:53 PM Page 88

RJW

Technical Specifications - RJW Series

HLL

Flush Bonded Window “HLL” configuration - Hinged, twist latch
HLL Construction
Material
Gasket
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal Inserts
Bonded Window
Raised Cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Integral flange molded in place for ease of mounting
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic
material for maximum visibility
Extended depth in cover

HLL Industry Standards

RJW Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Window Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Window Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-5V
UL94V-HB
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HLL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HLL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

88

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

RJW_Series_2011_2_RJW_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:53 PM Page 89

RJW

Technical Specifications - RJW Series

HPL

Flush Bonded Window “HPL” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch
HPL Construction
Material
Gasket
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal Inserts
Bonded Window
Raised Cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Integral flange molded in place for ease of mounting
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic
material for maximum visibility
Extended depth in cover

HPL Industry Standards

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-5V
UL94V-HB
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

RJW Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Window Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Window Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

HPL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HPL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

89

RJW_Series_2011_2_RJW_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:53 PM Page 90

RJW Series

RJW Series Technical Drawings

Stahlin Enclosures

90

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

RJW_Series_2011_2_RJW_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:53 PM Page 91

RJW Series Technical Drawings

RJW Series Flush Bonded Window Enclosures
SIZE ID
NUMBER
RJW604HPL
RJW606HPL
RJW806HPL
RJW808HPL

WINDOW AREA
(MAXIMUM)
RXS
4.25 x 2.25
(108 x 57)
4.25 x 4.25
(108 x 108)
6.25 x 4.25
(159 x 108)
8.75 x 6.00
(222 x 152)
8.25 x 6.25
(210 x 159)
10.25 x 8.25
(260 x 210)
12.75 x 10.00
(324 x 254)
12.25 x 10.25
(311 x 260)
14.25 x 12.25
(362 x 311)
16.25 x 14.25
(413 x 362)
18.25 x 14.25
(464 x 362)

MOUNTING
EXF
6.75 x 2.00
(171 x 51)
6.75 x 4.00
(171 x 101)
8.88 x 4.00
(225 x 101)
8.75 x 6.00
(222 x 152)
10.75 x 6.00
(273 x 152)
12.75 x 8.00
(324 x 203)
12.75 x 10.00
(324 x 254)
14.63 x 10.00
(372 x 254)
16.75 x 12.00
(425 x 305)
18.88 x 12.00
(479 x 305)
21.25 x 10.00
(540 x 254)

J
5.51
(140)
5.49
(139)
5.49
(139)
5.42
(138)
5.87
(149)
5.87
(149)
6.89
(175)
6.86
(174)
6.85
(174)
9.86
(250)
9.86
(250)

K
4.25
(108)
4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(209)
10.25
(260)
10.25
(260)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
16.25
(413)
18.25
(464)

L
2.25
(57)
4.25
(108)
4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)
10.25
(260)
10.25
(260)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
14.25
(362)

M
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)

N
7.45
(189)
7.53
(191)
9.36
(238)
9.38
(238)
11.38
(289)
13.41
(341)
13.38
(340)
15.42
(392)
17.43
(443)
19.49
(495)
21.56
(548)

O
5.31
(135)
5.34
(136)
7.25
(185)
7.17
(182)
9.3
(236)
11.2
(284)
11.17
(284)
13.2
(335)
15.2
(386)
17.25
(438)
19.31
(490)

P
3.34
(85)
5.31
(135)
5.28
(134)
7.17
(182)
7.38
(188)
9.23
(234)
11.17
(284)
11.16
(284)
13.24
(336)
15.25
(387)
15.39
(391)

HOLE ENCLOSURE PANEL
DIA.
WEIGHT
NUMBER
0.31
2.60 lbs.
BP64*
(8)
0.31
3.10 lbs.
BP66*
(8)
0.31
3.70 lbs.
BP86*
(8)
0.31
4.20 lbs.
BP88*
(8)
0.31
5.20 lbs.
BP108*
(8)
0.31
6.70 lbs.
BP1210*
(8)
0.31
8.90 lbs.
BP1212*
(8)
0.31
10.20 lbs.
BP1412*
(8)
0.31
12.30 lbs.
BP1614*
(8)
0.31
19.50 lbs.
BP1816*
(8)
0.31
21.40 lbs.
BPJ2016*
(8)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
*Panel ordered separately.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

91

RJW Series

RJW1008HPL
RJW1008HLL
RJW1210HPL
RJW1210HLL
RJW1212HPL
RJW1212HLL
RJW1412HPL
RJW1412HLL
RJW1614HPL
RJW1614HLL
RJW1816HPL
RJW1816HLL
RJW2016HPL

OVERALL
INSIDE
HXWXD
AXBXC
7.47 x 5.47 x 6.21
5.84 x 3.85 x 5.95
(190 x 139 x 158)
(148 x 98 x 151)
7.50 x 7.53 x 6.32
5.72 x 5.72 x 5.97
(191 x 191 x 161)
(145 x 145 x 152)
9.63 x 7.52 x 6.20
7.73 x 5.74 x 5.95
(245 x 191 x 158)
(196 x 146 x 151)
9.56 x 9.38 x 6.25
7.73 x 7.73 x 6.00
(243 x 238 x 159)
(196 x 196 x 152)
11.63 x 9.37 x 6.58
9.73 x 7.73 x 6.33
(295 x 238 x 167)
(247 x 196 x 161)
13.56 x 11.43 x 6.58
11.79 x 9.80 x 6.32
(344 x 291 x 167)
(299 x 249 x 161)
13.56 x 13.38 x 7.72 11.70 x 11.70 x 7.47
(344 x 340 x 196)
(297 x 297 x 190)
15.50 x 13.38 x 7.69 13.50 x 11.52 x 7.45
(394 x 340 x 195)
(343 x 293 x 189)
17.53 x 15.43 x 7.68 15.60 x 13.56 x 7.45
(445 x 392 x 195)
(396 x 344 x 189)
19.63 x 17.48 x 10.63 17.69 x 15.69 x 10.31
(499 x 444 x 270)
(449 x 399 x 262)
22.00 x 17.56 x 10.63 19.72 x 15.72 x 10.33
(559 x 446 x 270)
(501 x 399 x 262)

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 92

JCC

Technical Specifications - JCC Series

W

Clear Cover “W” configuration - 4 cover screws
W Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Mounting Feet
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal Inserts
Soft Edge Design
Cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
Integrally Molded
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

W Industry Standards

JCC Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Cover Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Cover Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
(-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)
UL94-5V
UL94V-0
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

W Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

W Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

92

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 93

HW

JCC

Technical Specifications - JCC Series
“HW” configuration - Hinged, 2 cover screws
HW Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Mounting Feet
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal Inserts
Soft Edge Design
Cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
Integrally Molded
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

HW Industry Standards

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
(-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)
UL94-5V
UL94V-0
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

JCC Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Cover Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Cover Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

HW Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HW Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

93

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 94

JCC

Technical Specifications - JCC Series

HLL

Clear Cover “HLL” configuration - Hinged, Twist latch
HLL Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Mounting Feet
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal Inserts
Soft Edge Design
Cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
Integrally Molded
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

HLL Industry Standards

JCC Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Cover Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Cover Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
(-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)
UL94-5V
UL94V-0
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HLL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HLL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

94

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 95

JCC

Technical Specifications - JCC Series

HPL

Clear Cover “HPL” configuration - Hinged, pull latch
HPL Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Mounting Feet
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal Inserts
Soft Edge Design
Cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
Integrally Molded
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

HPL Industry Standards

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
(-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)
UL94-5V
UL94V-0
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

JCC Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Cover Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Cover Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

HPL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HPL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

95

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 96

JCC

Technical Specifications - JCC Series

FHW

Clear Cover “FHW” configuration - Fiberglass hinged, 4 cover screws
FHW Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Mounting Feet
Hinge Material
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal Inserts
Soft Edge Design
Cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
Integrally Molded
Glass filled Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT)
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

FHW Industry Standards
JCC Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Cover Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Cover Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
(-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)
UL94-5V
UL94V-0
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

FHW Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

FHW Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

96

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 97

JCC

Technical Specifications - JCC Series

FHLL

Clear Cover “FHLL” configuration - Fiberglass hinged, link lock latch
FHLL Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Mounting Feet
Hinge Material
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal Inserts
Soft Edge Design
Cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
Integrally Molded
Glass filled Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT)
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

FHLL Industry Standards

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1
Type 1
File LR069014 Type 1
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
(-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)
UL94-5V
UL94V-0
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

JCC Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Cover Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Cover Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

FHLL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

FHLL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

97

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 98

JCC

Technical Specifications - JCC Series

FHPL

Clear Cover “FHPL” configuration - Fiberglass hinged, padlock latch
FHPL Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Mounting Feet
Hinge Material
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal Inserts
Soft Edge Design
Cover

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
Integrally Molded
Glass filled Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT)
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

FHPL Industry Standards
JCC Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Cover Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Cover Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1
Type 1
File LR069014 Type 1
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
(-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)
UL94-5V
UL94V-0
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

FHPL Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

FHPL Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

98

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 99

JCC Series Technical Drawings

JCC Series

JCC Series Clear Cover Enclosures
SIZE ID
NUMBER

OVERALL
HXWXD

INSIDE
AXBXC

MOUNTING
EXF

J

K

L

M

N

HOLE
DIA.

SHIPPING
WEIGHT

PANEL
NUMBER

JCC808W
JCC808HW
JCC808HLL
JCC808HPL
JCC808FHW
JCC808FHLL
JCC808FHPL

9.56 x 9.47 x 5.09
(243 x 241 x 129)

7.73 x 7.73 x 4.82
(196 x 196 x 123)

8.75 x 6.00
(222 x 152)

4.24
(108)

6.25
(159)

6.25
(159)

0.25
(6)

9.47
(241)

0.31
(8)

3.80 lbs.

BP88*

JCC1212W
JCC1212HW
JCC1212HLL
JCC1212HPL
JCC1212FHW
JCC1212FHLL
JCC1212FHPL

13.56 x 13.47 x 6.56
(344 x 342 x 167)

11.70 x 11.70 x 6.29
(297 x 297 x 160)

12.75 x 10.00
(324 x 254)

5.71
(145)

10.25
(260)

10.25
(260)

0.25
(6)

13.47
(342)

0.31
(8)

6.80 lbs.

BP1212*

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
* Panel ordered separately.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

99

Fatboy_2011_2_Fatboy_2011_2 8/22/11 7:38 PM Page 100

The Fatboy Series

SSH

Industry’s unique requirement for extra deep enclosure without
significantly increasing the length and width of the enclosure is met
with Stahlin’s extra deep Fatboy series.
The Fatboy series is a clam shell style enclosure, noted by near
equidistant capacity in both the cover and base. The series employs
a flange mount base for ease of installation, a stainless steel full
length hinge and stainless steel securing latch. Door clearance to the
installed equipment must be considered when specifying this
enclosure.
The demands for cover mounted components such as DIN facings or
multiple contact pushbuttons are met with ample depth from the

Fatboy Series

cover or with substantial height for panel mounted components.

Fatboy Series Attributes
●

Available in 2 cover options:
1. Opaque Cover
2. Flush Bonded Window

●

Clam shell design, opening from the middle of the enclosure

●

All stainless latches and hardware

●

Memory retaining polyurethane gasket between cover and bases

●

Full length stainless steel hinge

●

Chemically resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester

●

Integral mounting flange

SSH Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

NEMA 250

Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2

File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

Temperature Range

(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Temperature Range Window

(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Flammability Rating

UL94-5V

Window Flammability

UL94-HB

Self extinguishing

Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance

Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

Class A (1)

Stahlin Enclosures

100

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Fatboy_2011_2_Fatboy_2011_2 8/22/11 7:38 PM Page 101

SSH

Technical Specifications - Fatboy Series

SSH

Opaque Cover “SSH” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch
SSH Construction
Material
Gasket
Pan head screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Minimized protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Molded in flange for ease of mounting.
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

SSH Industry Standards

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

Fatboy Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

SSH Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

SSH Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

101

Fatboy_2011_2_Fatboy_2011_2 8/22/11 7:38 PM Page 102

SSH SEries

The Fatboy Series Technical Information

Extra Deep Enclosures with Opaque Covers - Fatboy Configuration Dimensions
SIZE ID
NUMBER
J8068SSH
J8088SSH
J10088SSH
J121010SSH
J121212SSH
J141212SSH
J161412SSH
J181617SSH
J201617SSH

OVERALL
HXWXD
9.63 x 6.85 x 9.06
(245 x 174 x 230)
9.56 x 8.84 x 9.44
(243 x 225 x 240)
11.63 x 8.84 x 8.09
(295 x 225 x 206)
13.56 x 10.93 x 10.06
(344 x 278 x 256)
13.56 x 12.84 x 12.38
(344 x 326 x 314)
15.50 x 12.83 x 12.06
(394 x 326 x 306)
17.53 x 14.94 x 12.07
(445 x 379 x 307)
19.63 x 16.92 x 17.19
(499 x 430 x 437)
22.00 x 17.00 x 17.21
(559 x 432 x 437)

INSIDE
AXBXC
7.73 x 5.74 x 8.94
(196 x 146 x 227)
7.73 x 7.73 x 9.19
(196 x 196 x 233)
9.73 x 7.73 x 7.84
(247 x 196 x 199)
11.79 x 9.80 x 9.81
(299 x 249 x 249)
11.70 x 11.70 x 12.13
(297 x 297 x 308)
13.50 x 11.52 x 11.81
(343 x 293 x 300)
15.60 x 13.56 x 11.82
(396 x 344 x 300)
17.69 x 15.69 x 16.81
(449 x 399 x 427)
19.72 x 15.72 x 16.84
(501 x 399 x 428)

MOUNTING
EXF
8.88 x 4.00
(225 x 101)
8.75 x 6.00
(222 x 152)
10.75 x 6.00
(273 x 152)
12.75 x 8.00
(324 x 203)
12.75 x 10.00
(324 x 254)
14.63 x 10.00
(372 x 254)
16.75 x 12.00
(425 x 305)
18.88 x 12.00
(479 x 305)
21.25 x 10.00
(540 x 254)

J
8.36
(212)
8.61
(219)
7.39
(188)
9.36
(238)
11.55
(293)
11.23
(285)
11.24
(285)
16.38
(416)
16.38
(416)

K
6.25
(159)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)
10.25
(260)
10.25
(260)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
16.25
(413)
18.25
(464)

L
4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)
10.25
(260)
10.25
(260)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
14.25
(362)

M
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)

N
8.87
(225)
8.84
(224)
10.86
(276)
12.95
(329)
12.84
(326)
14.88
(378)
16.95
(431)
18.92
(481)
21.00
(533)

HOLE
DIA.
.31
(8)
.31
(8)
.31
(8)
.31
(8)
.31
(8)
.31
(8)
.31
(8)
.31
(8)
.31
(8)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
5.3 lbs.

PANEL
NUMBER
BP86*

5.8 lbs.

BP88*

6.5 lbs.

BP108*

9.1 lbs.

BP1210*

12.1 lbs.

BP1212*

14.1 lbs.

BP1412*

17.6 lbs.

BP1614*

26.4 lbs.

BP1816*

28.5 lbs.

BPJ2016*

Caution: Metic units are for reference; do not convert.
* Panel sold separately

Stahlin Enclosures

102

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Fatboy_2011_2_Fatboy_2011_2 8/22/11 7:38 PM Page 103

SSH

Technical Specifications - Fatboy Series

SSH

Flush Bonded Window “SSH” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch
SSH Construction
Material
Gasket
Pan head screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Bonded Window

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset).
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Minimized protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Molded in flange for ease of mounting.
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic
material for maximum visibility

SSH Industry Standards

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-5V
UL94-HB
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

SSH Series

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Temperature Range Window
Flammability Rating
Window Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

SSH Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

SSH Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

103

Fatboy_2011_2_Fatboy_2011_2 8/22/11 7:38 PM Page 104

SSH Series

The Fatboy Series Technical Information

Stahlin Enclosures

104

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Fatboy_2011_2_Fatboy_2011_2 8/22/11 7:38 PM Page 105

The Fatboy Series
Extra Deep Enclosures with Windows - Fatboy Configuration Dimensions
SIZE ID
NUMBER
JW8088SSH
JW10088SSH
JW121010SSH
JW121212SSH
JW141212SSH
JW161412SSH
JW181617SSH
JW201617SSH

OVERALL
HXWXD
9.56 x 8.84 x 9.44
(243 x 225 x 240)
11.63 x 8.84 x 8.09
(295 x 225 x 206)
13.56 x 10.93 x 10.06
(344 x 278 x 256)
13.56 x 12.84 x 12.38
(344 x 326 x 314)
15.50 x 12.83 x 12.06
(394 x 326 x 306)
17.53 x 14.94 x 12.07
(445 x 379 x 307)
19.63 x 16.92 x 17.19
(499 x 430 x 437)
22.00 x 17.00 x 17.21
(559 x 432 x 437)

INSIDE
AXBXC
7.73 x 7.73 x 9.19
(196 x 196 x 233)
9.73 x 7.73 x 7.84
(247 x 196 x 199)
11.79 x 9.80 x 9.81
(299 x 249 x 249)
11.70 x 11.70 x 12.13
(297 x 297 x 308)
13.50 x 11.52 x 11.81
(343 x 293 x 300)
15.60 x 13.56 x 11.82
(396 x 344 x 300)
17.69 x 15.69 x 16.81
(449 x 399 x 427)
19.72 x 15.72 x 16.84
(501 x 399 x 428)

MOUNTING
EXF
8.75 x 6.00
(222 x 152)
10.75 x 6.00
(273 x 152)
12.75 x 8.00
(324 x 203)
12.75 x 10.00
(324 x 254)
14.63 x 10.00
(372 x 254)
16.75 x 12.00
(425 x 305)
18.88 x 12.00
(479 x 305)
21.25 x 10.00
(540 x 254)

J
8.61
(219)
7.39
(188)
9.36
(238)
11.55
(293)
11.23
(285)
11.24
(285)
16.38
(416)
16.38
(416)

K
6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)
10.25
(260)
10.25
(260)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
16.25
(413)
18.25
(464)

L
6.25
(159)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)
10.25
(260)
10.25
(260)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
14.25
(362)

M
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)

N
8.84
(224)
10.86
(276)
12.95
(329)
12.84
(326)
14.88
(378)
16.95
(431)
18.92
(481)
21.00
(533)

WINDOW AREA HOLE
PXQ
DIA.
4.25 x 4.25
.31
(108 x 108)
(8)
6.25 x 4.25
.31
(159 x 108)
(8)
8.25 x 6.25
.31
(209 x159)
(8)
8.25 x 8.25
.31
(209 x 209)
(8)
10.25 x 8.25
.31
(260 x 209)
(8)
12.25 x 10.25
.31
(311 x 260)
(8)
14.25 x 12.25
.31
(362 x 311)
(8)
16.25 x 12.25
.31
(413 x 311)
(8)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
5.8 lbs.

PANEL
NUMBER
BP88*

6.5 lbs.

BP108*

9.1 lbs.

BP1210*

12.1 lbs.

BP1212*

14.1 lbs.

BP1412*

17.6 lbs.

BP1614*

26.4 lbs.

BP1816*

28.5 lbs.

BPJ2016*

Caution: Metic units are for reference; do not convert.
* Panel sold separately
SSH Series

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

105

TeleControl_2011_2_TeleControl_2011_2 8/22/11 7:40 PM Page 106

Technical Specifications - The TeleControl Series

TC

TC

TC Construction
Material
Gasket
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Flange
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Bonded window

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
300 Series stainless used on all external hardware
Molded in flange for ease of mounting.
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic
material for maximum visibility

TC Industry Standards

TeleControl

UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Window Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Window Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-5V
UL94V-HB
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

TC Accessories
Back Panels

NOTES:

Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Painted Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

TC Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

106

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

TeleControl_2011_2_TeleControl_2011_2 8/22/11 7:40 PM Page 107

The TeleControl Series Technical Drawings

TeleControl

TeleControl Enclosures Dimensions
SIZE ID
NUMBER
J1407TC

OVERALL
HXWXD
15.87 x 8.75 x 6.81
(403 x 222 x 173)

INSIDE
AXBXC
14.00 x 7.00 x 6.56
(356 x 178 x 167)

MOUNTING
EXF
15 x 5
(381 x 127)

J
6.11
(155)

K
12.25
(311)

L
5.25
(133)

M
0.25
(6)

N
15.75
(400)

HOLE
DIA.
0.31
(8)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
6.1 lbs.

PANEL
NUMBER
BP1407*

Standard package does not include actual phone and installation of phone.
Other non-metallic enclosures available with phone window.
* Panel ordered separately.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

107

PolyStar_2011_3_PolyStar_2011_1 8/22/11 7:41 PM Page 108

The PolyStar Series

PC

PolyStar™ Enclosures are intended to be utilized for outdoor and indoor applications. The
polycarbonate resin in the PolyStar™ Series received the best rating, an “F1” per UL 746C. This means
that the resin has passed tests for UV exposure and water immersion. The PolyStar™ Series enclosures
are rated 3R, 4, 4X, 12 per UL 50 and IP66 per IEC 60529. The material rating and the product rating can
assure the user that the PolyStar™ Series enclosures are suitable for outdoor use and exposure.
PolyStar™ enclosures are manufactured with polycarbonate designed to perform in cold weather
applications. In general, the product performance will not be adversely affected until temperatures below
-40°F are realized. In our literature, we document a normal operating temperature of -20°F to +240°F
(-20°C to +115°C). We do this to provide a safe operating range, as product application and enclosure
placement are not always exactly known.

PolyStar™

PolyStar Series Attributes
●

Latches and hinges do not penetrate enclosure

●

Easy to remove lid

●

High performance inserts

●

Integrated lock hasp

●

Flush-fit side mount swing panel and DIN rail system

●

Molded in bosses

●

Multi-directional mounting feet

●

Available in standard flat covers or domed covers as applicable
on certain sizes

PolyStar Series Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50

File E342926
Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12

NEMA 250

Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12

IEC 60529

IP66

Temperature Range

(-20°F to +240°F) (-20°C to +115°C)

Flammability Rating

UL94-5VA/V0

Chemical Resistance

Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

PolyStar_2011_3_PolyStar_2011_1 8/22/11 7:41 PM Page 109

PolyStar™

PolyStar_2011_3_PolyStar_2011_1 8/22/11 7:41 PM Page 110

Technical Specifications - PolyStar™ Series

PC

Opaque Cover configuration - Hinged, 2 latches
PC Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Side Mount Solutions

Polycarbonate with UV inhibitors
Neoprene rope style
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Variable height, any side mount capability

PC Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
IEC 60529
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Chemical Resistance

NOTES:

File E342926 Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12
Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12
IP66
(-20°F to +240°F) (-20°C to +115°C)
UL94-5VA/V0
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

PolyStar™

PC Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Swing Panel Kits (comes with mounts, screws, and panel)
Swing Panel Kit

PC_SPK

pg. 113

PCSNK
PCSPMK

pg. 113
pg. 113

PCLATCHKIT

pg. 113

PCACCESSORYKIT

pg. 113

Accessories
Slot Nut Kit
(includes two nuts & two screws)
Swing Panel Mounts (4 per kit)
Latch Kit (2 latches per kit) replacement only
Accessory Kit
(includes all screws, inserts,
and mounting feet) replacement only

PC Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

110

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

PC

PolyStar_2011_3_PolyStar_2011_1 8/22/11 7:41 PM Page 111

Technical Specifications - PolyStar™ Series

CC

PC

Clear Cover configuration - Hinged, 2 latches
CC Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Side Mount Solutions

Polycarbonate with UV inhibitors
Neoprene rope style
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Variable height, any side mount capability

CC Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
IEC 60529
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Chemical Resistance

File E342926 Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12
Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12
IP66
(-20°F to +240°F) (-20°C to +115°C)
UL94-5VA/V0
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NOTES:
CC Accessories
PolyStar™

Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150
pg. 149 - 150

Swing Panel Kits (comes with mounts, screws, and panel)
Swing Panel Kit

PC_SPK

pg. 113

PCSNK
PCSPMK

pg. 113
pg. 113

PCLATCHKIT

pg. 113

PCACCESSORYKIT

pg. 113

Accessories
Slot Nut Kit
(includes two nuts & two screws)
Swing Panel Mounts (4 per kit)
Latch Kit (2 latches per kit) replacement only
Accessory Kit
(includes all screws, inserts,
and mounting feet) replacement only

CC Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

111

PolyStar_2011_3_PolyStar_2011_1 8/22/11 7:41 PM Page 112

PolyStar™

PolyStar™ Series Opaque Cover and Clear Cover Configuration Technical Drawings

PolyStar Series Enclosures - Opaque Cover and Clear Cover Configuration Dimensions
SIZE ID
NUMBER
PC606
PC606CC
PC806**
PC806CC**
PC1008**
PC1008CC**
PC1210**
PC1210CC**
PC1412**
PC1412CC**
PC1614**
PC1614CC**
PC1816
PC1816CC

OVERALL
INSIDE
HXWXD
AXBXC
7.41 x 8.68 x 5.84
5.94 x 5.94 x 5.02
(188 x 223 x 148)
(151 x 151 x 127)
9.41 x 8.68 x 5.86
7.97 x 5.97 x 5.07
(239 x 223 x 149)
(202 x 152 x 129)
11.41 x 10.68 x 6.36 9.96 x 7.96 x 5.57
(290 x 271 x 161)
(253 x 202 x 142)
13.40 x 12.68 x 7.86 11.95 x 9.95 x 7.07
(340 x 322 x 200)
(304 x 253 x 180)
15.40 x 14.68 x 7.86 13.95 x 11.95 x 7.07
(391 x 373 x 200)
(354 x 304 x 180)
17.65 x 16.68 x 9.98 15.93 x 13.93 x 9.20
(448 x 424 x 253)
(405 x 354 x 234)
19.41 x 18.68 x 11.90 17.83 x 15.83 x 11.08
(493 x 474 x 302)
(453 x 402 x 281)

MOUNTING
HOR. E X F
3.64 x 8.40
(93 x 213)
5.64 x 8.04
(143 x 213)
7.64 x 10.04
(194 x 255)
9.64 x 12.04
(245 x 306)
11.64 x 14.04
(296 x 357)
13.64 x 16.04
(347 x 407)
15.64 x 18.04
(397 x 458)

MOUNTING
VER. E X F
8.04 x 3.64
(204 x 93)
10.04 x 3.64
(255 x 93)
12.04 x 5.64
(306 x 143)
14.04 x 7.64
(357 x 194)
16.04 x 9.64
(407 x 245)
18.04 x 11.64
(458 x 296)
20.04 x 13.64
(509 x 347)

MOUNTING
45 E X F
6.75 x 6.74
(171 x 171)
8.76 x 6.75
(223 x 171)
10.76 x 8.75
(273 x 222)
12.76 x 10.75
(324 x 273)
14.76 x 12.75
(375 x 324)
16.76 x 14.75
(426 x 375)
18.75 x 16.74
(476 x 425)

J
4.50
(114)
4.56
(116)
5.05
(128)
6.56
(167)
6.56
(167)
8.68
(220)
10.56
(268)

K
4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)
10.25
(260)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
16.25
(413)

L
4.25
(108)
4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)
10.25
(260)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)

M
8.89
(226)
10.89
(277)
12.89
(327)
14.89
(378)
16.89
(429)
18.89
(480)
20.89
(531)

SHIPPING
N
WEIGHT
8.89 2.50 lbs.
(226)
8.89 3.19 lbs.
(226)
10.89 4.31 lbs.
(277)
12.89 6.19 lbs.
(327)
14.89 7.99 lbs.
(378)
16.89 10.00 lbs.
(429)
18.89 11.25 lbs.
(480)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
* Panel sold separately
** Domed covers available upon request, consult factory for details

Stahlin Enclosures

112

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

PANEL
NUMBER
BP66*
BP86*
BP108*
BP1210*
BP1412*
BP1614*
BP1816*

PolyStar_2011_3_PolyStar_2011_1 8/22/11 7:41 PM Page 113

PolyStar™ Series Swing Panel Kits and Accessories

Swing Panel Kits
CATALOG NUMBER
PC606SPK

SIZE
6x6

PC806SPK

8x6

PC1008SPK

10 x 8

PC1210SPK

12 x 10

PC1412SPK

14 x 12

PC1614SPK

16 x 14

PC1816SPK

18 x 16

DESCRIPTION
PolySTAR Series 6x6 Swing Panel Kit
(includes mounts, screws and panel)
PolySTAR Series 8x6 Swing Panel Kit
(includes mounts, screws and panel)
PolySTAR Series 10x8 Swing Panel Kit
(includes mounts, screws and panel)
PolySTAR Series 12x10 Swing Panel Kit
(includes mounts, screws and panel)
PolySTAR Series 14x12 Swing Panel Kit
(includes mounts, screws and panel)
PolySTAR Series 16x14 Swing Panel Kit
(includes mounts, screws and panel)
PolySTAR Series 18x16 Swing Panel Kit
(includes mounts, screws and panel)

PolyStar™

Accessories
CATALOG NUMBER
PCSNK
PCSPMK
PCLATCHKIT
PCACCESSORYKIT
PCSNK

PCSPMK

DESCRIPTION
Slot Nut Kit (includes two nuts & two screws)
Swing Panel Mounts (4 per kit)
Latch Kit (2 latches per kit) - replacement only
Accessory Kit (includes all screws, inserts and mounting feet) replacement only

PCLATCHKIT

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

PCACCESSORYKIT

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

113

10_DuraBoxx_2011_2_DuraBoxx_2011_2 9/19/11 9:05 PM Page 114

The DuraBoxx ® Series

D

The Stahlin DuraBoxx® Series was developed with a sleek design and shallow depths. These
enclosures are suited for rugged, durable performance in both commercial and industrial indoor and
outdoor environments such as mining, oil, gas, wastewater treatment, and petro-chem. Also, because of
their pleasing aesthetics and flush cover design, they are well suited for high-end electronic applications
such as wireless communications and operator interfaces.

DuraBoxx® Series Attributes
14 sizes available

●

Size range from 3" x 3" to 24" x 16"

●

Flat cover with captive cover screws

●

DIN rail mounting capabilities

●

No sidewall obstructions, flush cover

●

Clear cover options available on select sizes

●

Back panels available for all sizes

DuraBoxx®

●

DuraBoxx® Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50/508

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12

NEMA 250

Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2

File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12

IEC 529

IP66, IP67, IP68

Temperature Range

(-26°F to +257°F) (-32°C to +125°C)

Flammability Rating

UL94-V0

Self Extinguishing

Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

DuraBoxx_2011_2_DuraBoxx_2011_2 8/22/11 7:46 PM Page 115

DuraBoxx®

DuraBoxx_2011_2_DuraBoxx_2011_2 8/22/11 7:46 PM Page 116

D

Technical Specifications - D Series

W

“W” configuration - Flush fitting cover fastened by captive lid screws.
W Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

W Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50/508
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
IEC 529
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12
IP66, IP67, IP68
(-26°F to +257°F) (-32°C to +125°C)
UL94-V0
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

W Accessories
DuraBoxx®

Back Panels
Carbon Steel

BP__CS

pg. 153

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

W Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

116

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

DuraBoxx_2011_2_DuraBoxx_2011_2 8/22/11 7:46 PM Page 117

D Series “W” Configuration Technical Drawings

SIZE ID
NUMBER
D333W
D342W
D554W
DCC554W
D593W
DCC593W
D594W
DCC594W
D774W
D7114W
D10105W
D10165W
D14144W
D16165W

OVERALL
HXWXD
2.95 x 3.15 x 2.78
(75 x 80 x 76)
2.95 x 4.33 x 2.22
(75 x 110 x 56)
4.72 x 4.80 x 3.58
(120 x 122 x 91)
4.72 x 8.66 x 3.19
(120 x 220 x 81)
4.72 x 8.66 x 3.58
(120 x 220 x 91)
6.30 x 6.30 x 3.58
(160 x 160 x 91)
6.30 x 10.24 x 3.58
(160 x 260 x 91)
9.84 x 10.04 x 4.76
(250 x 255 x 121)
9.84 x 15.75 x 4.76
(250 x 400 x 121)
14.17 x 14.17 x 3.58
(360 x 360 x 91)
15.94 x 15.75 x 4.76
(405 x 400 x 121)

INSIDE
AXBXC
2.56 x 2.76 x 2.56
(65 x 70 x 65)
2.56 x 3.93 x 1.81
(65 x 100 x 46)
4.33 x 4.41 x 3.15
(110 x 112 x 80)
4.34 x 8.28 x 2.83
(110 x 210 x 72)
4.33 x 8.27 x 3.15
(110 x 210 x 80)
5.79 x 5.79 x 3.11
(147 x 147 x 79)
5.79 x 9.72 x 3.11
(147 x 247 x 79)
9.31 x 9.51 x 4.29
(236 x 242 x 109)
9.31 x 15.22 x 4.29
(236 x 387 x 109)
13.66 x 13.66 x 3.11
(347 x 347 x 79)
15.42 x 15.22 x 4.29
(392 x 387 x 109)

MOUNTING
EXF
1.57 x 2.48
(40 x 63)
1.77 x 3.86
(45 x 98)
3.23 x 4.17
(82 x 106)
3.23 x 8.03
(82 x 204)
3.23 x 8.03
(82 x 204)
4.33 x 5.51
(110 x 140)
4.33 x 9.45
(110 x 240)
7.87 x 9.25
(200 x 235)
7.87 x 14.96
(200 x 380)
12.20 x 13.39
(310 x 340)
13.98 x 14.96
(355 x 380)

J
2.26
(57)
1.53
(39)
2.93
(74)
2.62
(67)
2.93
(74)
2.93
(74)
2.93
(74)
4.11
(104)
4.09
(104)
2.91
(74)
4.09
(104)

K
N/A
N/A
2.05
(52)
2.05
(52)
2.05
(52)
2.99
(76)
2.99
(76)
3.94
(100)
3.94
(100)
5.35
(136)
9.84
(250)

L
2.28
(58)
3.50
(89)
3.74
(95)
7.60
(193)
7.60
(193)
5.20
(132)
9.13
(232)
8.94
(227)
14.65
(327)
13.07
(332)
14.65
(372)

M
1.06
(27)
1.29
(33)
2.56
(65)
2.57
(65)
2.57
(65)
3.50
(89)
3.50
(89)
7.03
(179)
7.03
(179)
11.38
(289)
13.14
(334)

N
1.93
(49)
3.37
(86)
3.50
(89)
7.37
(187)
7.37
(187)
4.68
(119)
8.62
(219)
8.41
(214)
14.12
(359)
12.56
(319)
14.12
(359)

P
N/A

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
0.81 LB

PANEL
NO.
D333BP*

N/A

.88 LB

D342BP*

1.02
(26)
1.02
(26)
1.02
(26)
1.50
(38)
1.50
(38)
1.97
(50)
1.97
(50)
2.68
(68)
4.92
(125)

1.7 LB

D554BP*

2.4 LB

D000BP*

2.5 LB

D594BP*

2.8 LB

D774BP*

3.8 LB

D7114BP*

6.4 LB

D10105BP*

8.8 LB

D10165BP*

8.0 LB

D14144BP*

11.0 LB

D16165BP*

Duraboxx® Clear Cover Sizes: DCC Part Number
* Panel ordered separately

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

117

DuraBoxx®

DuraBoxx® D Series Enclosures

DuraBoxx_2011_2_DuraBoxx_2011_2 8/22/11 7:46 PM Page 118

DL

Technical Specifications - DL Series

W

“W” configuration - Flush fitting cover fastened by captive lid screws.
W Construction
Material
Gasket
Recessed Screws
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
No protruding surfaces
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

W Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50/508
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
IEC 529
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12
Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12
IP66, IP67, IP68
(-26°F to +257°F) (-32°C to +125°C)
UL94-V0
Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

W Accessories
DuraBoxx®

Back Panels
Carbon Steel

BP__CS

pg. 153

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

W Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

118

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

DuraBoxx_2011_2_DuraBoxx_2011_2 8/22/11 7:46 PM Page 119

DL Series “W” Configuration Technical Drawings

DuraBoxx®

DuraBoxx® DL Series Enclosures
SIZE ID
NUMBER
DL18127W
DL18168W
DL24168W

OVERALL
HXWXD
16.54 x 10.63 x 7.22
(420 x 270 x 183)
16.54 x 14.57 x 8.44
(420 x 370 x 214)
23.63 x 16.54 x 8.44
(600 x 420 x 214)

INSIDE
AXBXC
15.02 x 9.12 x 6.85
(382 x 232 x 174)
15.56 x 13.59 x 7.99
(395 x 345 x 207)
22.67 x 15.55 x 7.99
(576 x 395 x 207)

MOUNTING
EXF
12.68 x 7.17
(322 x 182)
13.54 x 11.57
(344 x 294)
20.63 x 13.54
(524 x 344)

J
6.26
(159)
7.44
(189)
7.44
(189)

K
13.46
(342)
14.25
(362)
21.34
(542)

L
7.95
(202)
12.24
(311)
14.21
(361)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
5.5 LBS

PANEL
NO.
DL18127BP*

9.9 LBS

DL18168BP*

15.4 LBS

DL24168BP*

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert
* Panel ordered separately

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

119

NewSentry_2011_1_NewSentry_2011_1 8/22/11 7:48 PM Page 120

NewSentry ® PVC Enclosures

PVC

The NewSentry® Series is a range of corrosion resistant, watertight PVC enclosures featuring ten
sizes of simple screw down covers. The enclosures are a perfect complement to fiberglass products
when used as junction boxes and small auxiliary enclosures.
Each enclosure is assembled with a PVC gasket that ensures compatibility with the enclosure’s
substrate and, through cellular resiliency in stretching and compressing, enables longevity in the
interaction between cover and gasket spanning a wide potential temperature range.
Mounting feet are integral on smaller sizes and included as add-ons with all larger enclosures.
Captive brass cover screws meet threaded brass inserts to secure covers and provide assurance
against wear and tear from repeated use.
NewSentry® series enclosures are designed for general electrical and electronic applications and
any application that has associated environmental concerns.

New Sentry®
Series

NewSentry ® Series Attributes
●

Memory retaining continuous PVC gasket

●

Threaded inserts and captive brass cover screws

●

Corrosion resistant PVC material

●

Integral mounting feet available on some models

●

Available in ten classic sizes

New Sentry® Industry Standards
UL/cUL 514B Fittings,

File E190961

514C Boxes

Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13

NEMA 250

Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2 No. 85

File 207025
Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13

Temperature Range

(-4°F to +140°F) (-20°C to +60°C)

Flammability Rating

UL94-V0

Self extinguishing

Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance

Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NewSentry_2011_1_NewSentry_2011_1 8/22/11 7:48 PM Page 121

New Sentry®
Series

NewSentry_2011_1_NewSentry_2011_1 8/22/11 7:48 PM Page 122

®

Technical Specifications - NewSentry Series

PVC

PVC

“PVC” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover

PVC Construction
Material
Gasket

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
PVC seamless gasket provides watertight, dust-tight
environmental seal
Screw down to brass inserts
Built in on designated models. Add on feet available for other models
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

Brass Screws
Mounting Feet
Soft Edge Design

PVC Industry Standards
UL/cUL 514B Fittings
514C Boxes
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2 No. 85
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance

NOTES:

File E190961
Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13
Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13
File 207025 Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13
(-4°F to +140°F) (-20°C to +60°C)
UL94-V0
Non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

PVC Modifications
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

New Sentry®
Series

Silk Screening
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

122

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

NewSentry_2011_1_NewSentry_2011_1 8/22/11 7:48 PM Page 123

NewSentry ® Series Technical Drawings

PVC NewSentry® Series Enclosures
SIZE ID
NUMBER
J442PVC*
J444PVC
J446PVC
J552PVC*

J666PVC
J884PVC
J887PVC
J12124PVC
J12126PVC

INSIDE
AXBXC
3.66 x 3.66 x 2.00
(93 x 93 x 51)
3.60 x 3.60 x 4.02
(91 x 91 x 102)
3.59 x 3.59 x 6.02
(91 x 91 x 153)
4.61 x 4.61 x 1.85
(117 x 117 x 47)
5.96 x 5.96 x 4.03
(151 x 151 x 102)
5.92 x 5.92 x 6.04
(150 x 150 x 153)
8.05 x 8.05 x 4.06
(204 x 204 x 103)
8.02 x 8.02 x 7.06
(204 x 204 x 179)
11.92 x 11.92 x 4.00
(303 x 303 x 102)
11.91 x 11.91 x 6.00
(303 x 303 x 152)

K
4.63
(118)
5.64
(143)
5.49
(139)
5.66
(144)
7.94
(202)
7.96
(202)
10.49
(266)
10.49
(266)
14.46
(367)
14.46
(367)

L
N/A

F
8-32

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
0.60 lbs.

N/A

8-32

1.11 lbs.

N/A

8-32

1.40 lbs.

N/A

8-32

0.90 lbs.

7.94
(202)
7.96
(202)
10.49
(266)
10.49
(266)
14.46
(367)
14.46
(367)

10.-32

2.12 lbs.

10-32

2.72 lbs.

1/4-20

3.77 lbs.

1/4-20

5.10 lbs.

1/4-20

8.50 lbs.

1/4-20

9.25 lbs.

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
• F = Threaded brass insert size.
* Denotes molded in mounting feet.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

123

NewSentry®
Series

J664PVC

OVERALL
HXWXD
4.03 x 4.03 x 2.42
(102 x 102 x 61)
4.04 x 4.04 x 4.50
(103 x 103 x 114)
4.02 x 4.02 x 6.58
(102 x 102 x 167)
5.00 x 5.00 x 2.33
(127 x 127 x 59)
6.85 x 6.85 x 4.57
(174 x 174 x 116)
6.85 x 6.85 x 6.58
(174 x 174 x 167)
8.96 x 8.96 x 4.62
(228 x 228 x 117)
9.15 x 9.15 x 7.65
(232 x 232 x 195)
12.94 x 12.94 x 4.70
(329 x 329 x 119)
12.94 x 12.94 x 6.64
(329 x 329 x 169)

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 124

Control Enclosures

N

Stahlin’s Control Enclosures are designed to accommodate electrical, electronic, instrumentation and
mechanical controls indoors and outdoors where corrosion resistant watertight enclosures are needed to
provide protection against windblown dust and rain, splashing and hose directed water. The “N”
designation reflects a NEMA range series of large capacity enclosures.
With the ample working space involved, this wall mount configuration, or alternate free standing
control tower enclosure style will also accommodate combination hydraulic or pneumatic controls along
with the supporting electrical control. Fiberglass reinforced polyester supports a very high temperature
range when used in oil field, mining, oil platform and general processing controls. Yet, the pleasing
cosmetic construction is ideally suited for ordinary indoor or outdoor industrial control mounting.

Control Enclosures Attributes
●

Available in 2 cover options:
1. Opaque cover
2. Flush bonded window

●

Fiberglass reinforced polyester material

●

Memory retaining polyurethane gasket

●

300 series stainless steel hardware

●

Integral mounting feet

●

Molded in panel mounting inserts or studs

●

High temperature, flame-retardant, non corrosive, environmental designs

●

Wall mount or free standing configurations

N Series

Control Enclosures Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50

File E64358
Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12 as designated

NEMA 250

Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12 as designated

CSA Std C22.2

File LR069014
Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12 as designated

UL1741

File E333478
WT, HWT, FHLWT

Temperature Range

(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Temperature Range Window

(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Flammability Rating

UL94-5V

Window flammability

UL94-HB

Self extinguishing

Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance

Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

Class A (1)

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 125

N Series

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 126

Technical Specifications - Control Enclosures Type 4X

HWT

N

“HWT” configuration - Stainless steel hinged, latched down cover
HWT Construction
Material
Gasket
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester,
hand layup FRP
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

HWT Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

HWT Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151

Accessories
pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

N Series

Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

HWT Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

126

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

12_N_Series_2011_4_N_Series_2011 9/23/11 9:05 AM Page 127

Technical Specifications - Control Enclosures

FHLWT

N

“FHLWT” configuration - Fiberglass hinged, latched down cover
FHLWT Construction
Material
Gasket
Non-Metallic Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal Inserts
Soft Edge Design
Hinge Material

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester,
hand layup FRP
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Glass filled PBT hinge, nylon quarter turn latches
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Glass filled Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT)

FHLWT Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

FHLWT Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151

Accessories
pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

N Series

Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

FHLWT Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

127

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 128

Technical Specifications - Control Enclosures Type 4X

WT

N

“WT” configuration - Latched down cover, lift off cover
WT Construction
Material
Gasket
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester,
hand layup FRP
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

WT Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

WT Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151

Accessories

N Series

Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

WT Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

128

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 129

Technical Specifications - Control Enclosures Type 3R

RT

N

“RT” configuration - Hinged, latch down cover
RT Construction
Material
Rain Shield
Gasket
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester,
hand layup FRP
Protection against incidental water ingress
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

RT Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Temperature Range Window
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R
Type 1, 3R
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

RT Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159
N Series

RT Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

129

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 130

Technical Specifications - Control Enclosures Type 3R

FHLRT

N

“FHLRT” configuration - Fiberglass hinged, through the door latches

FHLRT Construction
Material
Rain Shield
Gasket
Non-Metallic Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Hinge Material

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester,
hand layup FRP
Protection against incidental water ingress
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
Glass filled PBT hinge, nylon quarter turn latch
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Glass filled Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT)

FHLRT Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Temperature Range Window
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3R
Type 1, 3R
File LR069014 Type 1, 3R
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

FHLRT Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151

Accessories
N Series

Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

FHLRT Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

130

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 131

Technical Specifications - Control Enclosures Type 12

Type 12

N

“Type 12” configuration - Stainless steel hinged, latch down cover

Construction
Material
Gasket
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester,
hand layup FRP
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 12
Type 1, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159
N Series

Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

131

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 132

Control Enclosures Configuration Technical Charts & Drawings
W

F

D

B

J

N
H

E

A

A

M

K

A

C

B

L
B

Wall Mount Enclosures Dimensions
SIZE ID
NUMBER

OVERALL
HXWXD

INSIDE
AXBXC

MOUNTING
EXF

J

K

L

ENCLOSURE
OPENING
MXN

N16107HWT
N16107FHLWT
N20166HWT
N20166FHLWT
N20168HWT
N20168FHLWT
N20168RT
N20168FHLRT
N201610HWT
N201610RT
N201612HWT
N201612RT
N201616HWT

18.75 x 10.96 x 9.03
(476 x 278 x 229)
22.75 x 16.87 x 7.77
(578 x 429 x 197)
22.75 x 16.87 x 10.27
(578 x 429 x 261)

15.92 x 10.27 x 8.53
(404 x 261 x 217)
19.70 x 16.04 x 7.24
(500 x 407 x 184)
19.70 x 16.04 x 9.24
(500 x 407 x 235)

17.50 x 7.00
(444 x 178)
21.50 x 10.12
(546 x 257)
21.50 x 10.12
(546 x 257)

7.8
(198)
6.26
(159)
8.26
(210)

12
(305)
15.25
(387)
15.25
(387)

7.5
(191)
11.25
(286)
11.25
(286)

13.14 x 6.00
(334 x 152)
16.75 x 12.19
(425 x 310)
16.75 x 12.19
(425 x 310)

2

10.7 lbs.

BP1610**

2

17.6 lbs.

BP2016**

2

19.7 lbs.

BP2016**

22.75 x 16.87 x 12.27
(578 x 429 x 312)
22.75 x 16.87 x 14.27
(578 x 429 x 362)
22.75 x 16.87 x 17.52
(578 x 429 x 445)
23.50 x 20.50 x 9.69
(597 x 521 x 246)
26.95 x 13.72 x 7.98
(685 x 348 x 203)
26.95 x 13.72 x 7.98
(685 x 348 x 203)
26.95 x 13.72 x 12.49
(685 x 348 x 317)

19.70 x 16.04 x 11.24
(500 x 407 x 286)
19.70 x 16.04 x 13.24
(500 x 407 x 336)
19.70 x 16.04 x 16.99
(500 x 407 x 432)
20.25 x 20.25 x 8.88
(514 x 514 x 225)
24.00 x 12.87 x 7.33
(610 x 327 x 186)
24.00 x 12.87 x 7.33
(610 x 327 x 186)
24.00 x 12.87 x 11.33
(610 x 327 x 288)

21.50 x 10.12
(546 x 257)
21.50 x 10.12
(546 x 257)
21.50 x 10.12
(546 x 257)
22.25 x 14.50
(565 x 368)
25.75 x 6.25
(654 x 159)
25.75 x 6.25
(654 x 159)
25.75 x 6.25
(654 x 159)

10.26
(261)
12.26
(312)
16.01
(407)
7.88
(200)
6.33
(161)
6.33
(161)
10.33
(262)

15.25
(387)
15.25
(387)
15.25
(387)
15.25
(387)
19.25
(489)
19.25
(489)
19.25
(489)

11.25
(286)
11.25
(286)
11.25
(286)
15.25
(387)
7.25
(184)
7.25
(184)
7.25
(184)

16.75 x 12.19
(425 x 310)
16.75 x 12.19
(425 x 310)
16.75 x 12.19
(425 x 310)
17.00 x 16.00
(432 x 406)
21.00 x 8.37
(533 x 213)
21.00 x 8.37
(533 x 213)
21.00 x 8.37
(533 x 213)

2

23 lbs.

BP2016**

2

23.5 lbs.

BP2016**

2

25 lbs.

BP2016**

2

26 lbs.

BP2020**

2

26 lbs.

BP2412**

4

26 lbs.

BP2412**

2

25 lbs.

BP2412**

27.00 x 21.24 x 9.90
(686 x 539 x 252)

24.05 x 20.39 x 9.25
(611 x 518 x 235)

25.75 x 14.00
(654 x 356)

8.25
(209)

19.25
(489)

15.25
(387)

21.25 x 16.00
(540 x 406)

32 lbs.

BP2420**

27.00 x 21.24 x 11.90
(686 x 539 x 302)

24.05 x 20.39 x 11.25
(611 x 518 x 286)

25.75 x 14.00
(654 x 356)

8.25
(209)

19.25
(489)

15.25
(387)

21.25 x 16.00
(540 x 406)

37 lbs.

BP2420**

27.00 x 25.24 x 11.90
(686 x 641 x 302)

24.05 x 24.39 x 11.25
(611 x 619 x 286)

25.75 x 17.87
(654 x 454)

10.25
(260)

19.25
(489)

19.25
(489)

21.25 x 20.00
(540 x 508)

38.5 lbs.

BP2424**

27.00 x 25.24 x 13.90
(686 x 641 x 353)

24.05 x 24.39 x 13.25
(611 x 619 x 336)

25.75 x 17.87
(654 x 454)

12.25
(311)

19.25
(489)

19.25
(489)

21.25 x 20.00
(540 x 508)

42.1 lbs.

BP2424**

32.86 x 20.99 x 7.89
(835 x 533 x 200)

29.90 x 20.14 x 7.23
(760 x 511 x 184)

30.75 x 14.25
(806 x 362)

6.23
(158)

25.25
(641)

15.25
(387)

27.00 x 16.50
(686 x 419)

34 lbs.

BP3020**

32.86 x 20.99 x 9.89
(835 x 533 x 251)

29.90 x 20.14 x 9.23
(760 x 511 x 234)

31.75 x 14.25
(806 x 362)

8.23
(209)

25.25
(641)

15.25
(387)

27.00 x 16.50
(686 x 419)

2
2
6
4
4
2
2
4
2
2
2
6
4
4
2
2
2
6
4
2
2
2
5
5
2
2
2
8
5
5
2

37 lbs.

BP3020**

N20208 HWT*
N20208*
N24126HWT

N Series

N24126WT
N241210HWT
N241210FHLWT
N241210RT
N24208HWT
N24208FHLWT
N24208WT
N24208RT
N24208FHLRT
N24208
N242010HWT*
N242010*
N242010*
N242410HWT
N242410FHLWT
N242410WT
N242410RT
N242410FHLRT
N242410
N242412HWT*
N242412WT*
N242412RT
N242412FHLRT*
N242412
N30206HWT
N30206FHLWT
N30206RT
N30206FHLRT
N30206
N30208HWT
N30208FHLWT
N30208WT
N30208RT
N30208FHLRT
N30208

Stahlin Enclosures

132

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

NO. OF SHIPPING
LATCHES WEIGHT

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

PANEL
NUMBER

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 133

Control Enclosures Configuration Technical Charts & Drawings
Wall Mount Enclosures Dimensions
SIZE ID
NUMBER
N302010HWT
N302010RT
N302010FHLRT
N302010
N302012HWT
N302012WT
N302012
N302014HWT
N302014FHLWT
N302014
N30247HWT
N30247FHLWT
N30247WT
N30247RT
N30247
N302410HWT
N302410FHLWT
N302410RT
N302410FHLRT
N302410
N302412HWT
N302412FHLWT
N302412RT
N302412FHLRT
N302412
N302414HWT
N302414FHLWT
N302414WT
N302414RT
N302414
N302416HWT
N302416FHLWT
N302416RT
N302416
N302422HWT

N363021HWT*
N363023HWT
N363613HWT*
N363613FHLWT*
N363613RT*
N363613FHLRT*
N363613*

INSIDE
AXBXC

MOUNTING
EXF

J

K

L

ENCLOSURE
OPENING
MXN

32.86 x 20.99 x 11.89
(835 x 533 x 302)

29.90 x 20.14 x 11.23
(760 x 511 x 285)

31.75 x 14.25
(806 x 362)

10.23
(260)

25.25
(641)

15.25
(387)

27.00 x 16.50
(686 x 419)

32.86 x 20.99 x 13.89
(835 x 533 x 353)

29.90 x 20.14 x 13.23
(760 x 511 x 336)

31.75 x 14.25
(806 x 362)

12.23
(311)

25.25
(641)

15.25
(387)

27.00 x 16.50
(686 x 419)

32.86 x 20.99 x 15.89
(835 x 533 x 404)

29.90 x 20.14 x 15.23
(760 x 511 x 387)

31.75 x 14.25
(806 x 362)

14.23
(361)

25.25
(641)

15.25
(387)

27.00 x 16.50
(686 x 419)

33.41 x 26.32 x 8.81
(849 x 668 x 224)

30.46 x 25.47 x 8.12
(774 x 647 x 206)

32.25 x 18.50
(819 x 470)

7.12
(181)

25.25
(641)

19.25
(489)

27.38 x 21.25
(695 x 540)

33.41 x 26.32 x 11.95
(849 x 668 x 304)

30.46 x 25.47 x 11.27
(774 x 647 x 286)

32.25 x 18.50
(819 x 470)

10.27
(261)

25.25
(641)

19.25
(489)

27.38 x 21.25
(695 x 540)

33.41 x 26.32 x 13.79
(849 x 668 x 350)

30.46 x 25.47 x 13.10
(774 x 647 x 333)

32.25 x 18.50
(819 x 470)

12.1
(307)

25.25
(641)

19.25
(489)

27.38 x 21.25
(695 x 540)

33.41 x 26.32 x 15.79
(849 x 668 x 401)

30.46 x 25.47 x 15.10
(774 x 647 x 384)

32.25 x 18.50
(819 x 470)

14.1
(358)

25.25
(641)

19.25
(489)

27.38 x 21.25
(695 x 540)

33.41 x 26.32 x 17.79
(849 x 668 x 452)

30.46 x 25.47 x 17.10
(774 x 647 x 434)

32.25 x 18.50
(819 x 470)

16.1
(409)

25.25
(641)

19.25
(489)

27.38 x 21.25
(695 x 540)

33.41 x 26.32 x 22.79
(849 x 668 x 579)
39.31 x 32.50 x 10.05
(999 x 826 x 255)

30.46 x 25.47 x 21.10
(774 x 647 x 536)
36.31 x 31.69 x 9.36
(922 x 805 x 238)

32.25 x 18.50
(819 x 470)
38.13 x 23.88
(968 x 606)

21.1
(536)
8.36
(212)

25.25
(641)
31.25
(794)

19.25
(489)
25.25
(641)

27.38 x 21.25
(695 x 540)
33.25 x 27.25
(845 x 692)

39.31 x 32.50 x 12.05
(999 x 826 x 306)

36.31 x 31.69 x 11.36
(922 x 805 x 289)

38.13 x 23.88
(968 x 606)

10.36
(263)

31.25
(794)

25.25
(641)

33.25 x 27.25
(845 x 692)

39.31 x 32.50 x 14.05
(999 x 826 x 357)

36.31 x 31.69 x 13.36
(922 x 805 x 339)

38.13 x 23.88
(968 x 606)

12.36
(314)

31.25
(794)

25.25
(641)

33.25 x 27.25
(845 x 692)

39.31 x 32.50 x 18.58
(999 x 826 x 472)

36.31 x 31.69 x 17.39
(922 x 805 x 442)

38.13 x 23.88
(968 x 606)

16.39
(416)

31.25
(794)

25.25
(641)

33.25 x 27.25
(845 x 692)

39.31 x 32.50 x 22.08
(999 x 826 x 561)
39.31 x 32.50 x 23.08
(999 x 826 x 586)
39.31 x 32.25 x 25.08
(999 x 819 x 637)
39.50 x 36.50 x 15.06
(1003 x 927 x 383)

36.31 x 31.69 x 21.39
(922 x 805 x 543)
36.31 x 31.69 x 22.39
(922 x 805 x 569)
36.31 x 31.69 x 24.40
(922 x 805 x 620)
36.25 x 36.25 x 14.50
(921 x 921 x 368)

38.13 x 23.88
(968 x 606)
38.13 x 23.88
(968 x 606)
38.13 x 23.88
(968 x 606)
38.25 x 28.50
(972 x 724)

20.39
(518)
21.39
(543)
23.4
(594)
13.50
(343)

31.25
(794)
31.25
(794)
31.25
(794)
29
(737)

25.25
(641)
25.25
(641)
25.25
(641)
31
(787)

33.25 x 27.25
(845 x 692)
33.25 x 27.25
(845 x 692)
33.25 x 27.25
(845 x 692)
32.00 x 32.00
(813 x 813)

NO. OF SHIPPING
LATCHES WEIGHT
2
2
5
2
8
5
2
5
5
2
2
8
5
5
2
2
2
5
5
2
2
2
5
5
2
2
8
5
5
2
2
5
5
2
5

PANEL
NUMBER

39 lbs.

BP3020**

42.2 lbs.

BP3020**

44 lbs.

BP3020**

46.3 lbs.

BP3024**

52.2 lbs.

BP3024**

52 lbs.

BP3024**

56 lbs.

BP3024**

56 lbs.

BP3024**

67 lbs.

BP3024**

3
5
5
3
3
5
5

64.9 lbs.

BP3630**

69 lbs.

BP3630**

3
8
5
5
3
3
5
5
3
5

71.6 lbs.

BP3630**

75.4 lbs.

BP3630**

78.5 lbs.

BP3630**

5

91 lbs.

BP3630**

5

82 lbs.

BP3630**

3
3
9
9
3

81 lbs.

BP3636**

N Series

N36308HWT
N36308FHLWT
N36308RT
N36308
N363010HWT
N363010FHLWT
N363010RT
N363010
N363012HWT
N363012FHLWT
N363012WT
N363012RT
N363012
N363016HWT
N363016FHLWT
N363016RT
N363016
N363020HWT*

OVERALL
HXWXD

*Available as made to order.
All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
NOTE: Mounting hole dimension is .50 inches.
**Panel ordered separately.
Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

133

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 134

Technical Specifications - NW Series - Bonded Window

HWT

NW

“HWT” configuration - Stainless steel hinged, latched down cover
HWT Construction
Material
Gasket
Stainless Steel Hardware
Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Bonded Window

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester,
hand layup FRP
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic
material for maximum visibility

HWT Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Temperature Range Window
Flammability Rating
Window Flammability
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance

NOTES:

File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
(-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)
UL94-5V
UL94V-HB
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

HWT Accessories
Back Panels
Aluminum
Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Carbon Steel

BP__AL
BP__FG
BP__SS
BP__CS

pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151
pg. 149, 151

Accessories

N Series

Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

HWT Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

134

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:04 PM Page 135

Control Enclosures Type 4X - Bonded Window “HWT” Configuration Technical Chart & Drawing

W

F

D

B

J

H

E

A

A

A

M

K

B

SECTION B-B

Control Enclosures Type 4X - Bonded Window - “HWT” Dimensions
WINDOW AREA
INSIDE
(MAXIMUM) MOUNTING
AXBXC
PXQ
EXF
19.70 x 16.04 x 11.24
14 x 10
21.50 x 10.12
(500 x 407 x 286)
(356 x 254)
(546 x 257)
24.00 x 12.87 x 11.33
18 x 6
25.75 x 6.25
(610 x 327 x 288)
(457 x 152)
(654 x 159)
24.05 x 20.39 x 9.25
19 x 14
25.75 x 14.00
(611 x 518 x 235)
(483 x 356)
(654 x 356)
24.05 x 24.39 x 11.25
19 x 18
25.75 x 17.87
(611 x 619 x 286)
(483 x 457)
(654 x 454)
29.90 x 20.14 x 9.23
24 x 14
31.75 x 14.25
(760 x 511 x 234)
(610 x 356)
(806 x 362)
30.46 x 25.47 x 11.27
25 x 19
32.25 x 18.50
(774 x 647 x 286)
(635 x 483)
(819 x 470)
36.31 x 31.69 x 13.36
31 x 25
38.13 x 23.88
(922 x 805 x 339)
(787 x 635)
(968 x 606)
48.33 x 36.22 x 13.25
43 x 30
50.12 x 28.5
(1228 x 920 x 336) (1092 x 762) (1273 x 724)

J
10.26
(261)
10.33
(262)
8.25
(209)
10.25
(260)
8.23
(209)
10.27
(261)
12.36
(314)
1225
(311)

K
15.25
(387)
19.25
(489)
19.25
(489)
19.25
(489)
25.25
(641)
25.25
(641)
31.25
(794)
21.63
(549)

L
11.25
(286)
7.25
(184)
15.25
(387)
19.25
(489)
15.25
(387)
19.25
(489)
25.25
(641)
31.25
(794)

ENCLOSURE
NO.
OPENING
OF
SHIPPING
MXN
LATCHES WEIGHT
16.75 x 12.19
2
24 lbs.
(425 x 310)
21.00 x 8.37
2
26 lbs.
(533 x 213)
21.25 x 16.00
4
34 lbs.
(540 x 406)
21.25 x 20.00
4
45 lbs.
(540 x 508)
27.00 x 16.50
5
39 lbs.
(686 x 419)
27.38 x 21.25
5
54 lbs.
(695 x 540)
33.25 x 27.25
5
86 lbs.
(845 x 692)
45.25 x 32.00
10
99.8 lbs.
(1149 x 813)

PANEL
NUMBER
BP2016*
BP2412*
BP2420*
BP2424*
BP3020*
BP3024*
BP3630*
BP4836*

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters
*Panel ordered separately.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

135

N Series

CATALOG
OVERALL
NUMBER
HXWXD
NW201610HWT 22.75 x 16.87 x 11.77
(578 x 429 x 299)
NW241210HWT 26.95 x 13.72 x 11.99
(685 x 348 x 304)
NW24208HWT
27.00 x 21.24 x 9.90
(686 x 539 x 252)
NW242410HWT 27.00 x 25.24 x 11.90
(686 x 641 x 302)
NW30208HWT
32.86 x 20.99 x 9.89
(835 x 533 x 251)
NW302410HWT 33.41 x 26.32 x 11.95
(849 x 668 x 304)
NW363012HWT 39.31 x 32.50 x 14.05
(999 x 826 x 357)
NW483612HWT 51.29 x 36.62 x 13.93
(1303 x 930 x 354)

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:04 PM Page 136

Control Enclosures - ControlTower© Single Door, Free Standing
N

ControlTower© Single Door, Free Standing
Type 12, SS hinged, latched down cover
Type 4X, SS hinged, latched down cover
Type 4X, fiberglass hinged, through the door latches
Type 3R, SS hinged, latched down cover

N Series

FS
FSHWT
FSFHLWT
FSRT

Stahlin Enclosures

136

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:04 PM Page 137

Control Enclosures - ControlTower ® Double Door, Wall Mounted
N

ControlTower© Double Door, Wall Mounted

DDHWT
DDRT

Type 4X, SS hinged, latched down cover
Type 3R, SS hinged, latched down cover

N Series

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

137

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:04 PM Page 138

Control Enclosures - ControlTower ® Double Door, Free Standing
N

ControlTower© Double Door, Free Standing
Type 12, SS hinged, latched down cover
Type 4X, SS hinged, latched down cover
Type 4X, fiberglass hinged, through the door latches
Type 3R, SS hinged, latched down cover

N Series

FSDD
FSDDHWT
FSDDFHLWT
FSDDRT

Stahlin Enclosures

138

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:04 PM Page 139

Control Enclosures Configuration Technical Charts
Control Tower Enclosures Dimensions
SIZE ID
NUMBER
N364812DDRT
N364812DDFHLWT
N483612RT
N483612FHLWT
N483612HWT
N483612*
N483616RT
N483616FHLWT
N483616HWT
N483616*
N54428DDRT
N602418RT
N602418HWT
N603612RT
N603612FHLWT
N603612HWT
N603612*
N603616RT
N603616FHLWT
N603616HWT
N603616*
N603624HWT
N606012FSDDRT
N722418FSRT
N722418FSHWT
N722525FSRT
N722525FSFHLWT
N722525FSHWT
N722525FS*
N723618FSFHLWT
N724818FSDD*
N724925FSDDRT
N724925FSDD*
N726012FSDD*
N726018FSDD*
N727212FSDDFHLWT
N727218FSDDRT
N727220FSDDFHLWT

INSIDE
AXBXC
36.12 x 48.12 x 13.00
(917 x 1222 x 330)
48.33 x 36.22 x 13.25
(1228 x 920 x 336)

MOUNTING
EXF
38.25 x 40.5
(972 x 1029)
50.12 x 28.50
(1273 x 724)

J
11.94
(303)
12.25
(311)

K
14.50
(368)
21.63
(549)

L
20.00
(508)
31.25
(794)

ENCLOSURE
OPENING
MXN
32.00 x 20.75
(813 x 527)
45.25 x 32.00
(1149 x 813)

51.29 x 36.62 x 17.93
(1303 x 930 x 456)

48.33 x 32.22 x 17.25
(1228 x 920 x 438)

50.12 x 28.50
(1273 x 724)

16.25
(413)

21.63
(549)

31.25
(794)

45.25 x 32.00
(1149 x 813)

57.50 x 42.50 x 9.62
(1460 x 1080 x 244)
63.75 x 24.50 x 20.12
(1619 x 622 x 511)
64.00 x 36.50 x 14.12
(1627 x 927 x 359)

54.12 x 42.12 x 9.00
(1374 x 1069 x 228)
60.38 x 36.13 x 19.44
(1533 x 918 x 493)
60.62 x 36.13 x 13.44
(1540 x 918 x 441)

56.25 x 34.50
(1429 x 876)
62.50 x 16.75
(1587 x 425)
62.75 x 28.75
(1594 x 730)

7.94
(201)
18.44
(468)
12.44
(316)

23.50
(596)
27.63
(702)
27.63
(702)

17.00
(431)
19.25
(489)
31.25
(794)

50.00 x 17.50
(1270 x 444)
57.25 x 20.00
(1454 x 508)
57.25 x 32.00
(1454 x 813)

64.00 x 36.50 x 18.12
(1627 x 927 x 460)

60.62 x 36.13 x 17.44
(1540 x 918 x 443)

62.75 x 28.75
(1594 x 730)

16.44
(418)

27.63
(702)

31.25
(794)

57.25 x 32.00
(1454 x 813)

63.75 x 36.50 x 26.12
(1619 x 927 x 663)
60.50 x 60.50 x 13.38
(1537 x 1537 x 340)
72.50 x 24.50 x 19.38
(1841 x 610 x 492)
72.50 x 25.50 x 26.38
(1841 x 648 x 670)

60.38 x 36.13 x 25.44
(1533 x 918 x 646)
60.13 x 60.13 x 13.01
(1524 x 1524 x 324)
72.00 x 24.00 x 18.88
(1829 x 610 x 479)
72.00 x 25.00 x 25.88
(1829 x 635 x 657)

62.50 x 28.75
(1587 x 730)
NA

24.44
(621)
11.88
(298)
17.88
(454)
24.88
(632)

27.63
(702)
13.00
(330)
15.50
(388)
15.50
(388)

31.25
(794)
25.50
(648)
18.00
(457)
19.00
(483)

57.25 x 32.00
(1454 x 813)
52.75 x 26.50
(1340 x 673)
64.75 x 20.00
(1645 x 508)
64.75 x 21.00
(1645 x 533)

72.50 x 36.50 x 19.38
(1841 x 927 x 492)
72.50 x 48.50 x 19.38
(1842 x 1232 x 492)
72.50 x 49.50 x 26.38
(1842 x 1257 x 670)
72.50 x 60.50 x 13.38
(1842 x 1537 x 340)
72.50 x 60.50 x 19.38
(1842 x 1537 x 492)
72.50 x 72.50 x 13.38
(1842 x 1842 x 340)
72.50 x 72.50 x 19.38
(1842 x 1842 x 492)
72.50 x 72.50 x 21.38
(1842 x 1842 x 543)
90.50 x 36.50 x 21.38
(2299 x 927 x 543)

72.00 x 36.00 x 18.88
(1829 x 914 x 479)
72.00 x 48.00 x 18.88
(1824 x 1219 x 476)
72.00 x 49.00 x 25.88
(1829 x 1245 x 654)
72.00 x 60.00 x 12.88
(1829 x 1524 x 324)
72.00 x 60.00 x 18.88
(1829 x 1524 x 476)
72.00 x 72.00 x 12.88
(1829 x 1829 x 324)
72.00 x 72.00 x 18.88
(1829 x 1829 x 425)
72.00 x 72.00 x 20.88
(1829 x 1829 x 527)
90.00 x 36.00 x 20.88
(2286 x 914 x 530)

NA

17.88
(454)
17.88
(450)
24.88
(628)
11.88
(298)
17.88
(450)
11.88
(298)
17.88
(400)
19.88
(501)
19.88
(505)

15.50
(388)
15.50
(394)
15.50
(394)
15.50
(394)
15.50
(394)
15.50
(394)
15.50
(394)
15.50
(394)
20.00
(508)

30.00
(762)
19.50
(495)
20.00
(508)
25.50
(648)
25.50
(648)
31.50
(800)
31.50
(800)
31.50
(800)
30.00
(762)

64.75 x 32.00
(1645 x 813)
64.75 x 20.50
(1645 x 521)
64.75 x 21.00
(1645 x 533)
64.75 x 26.50
(1645 x 673)
64.75 x 26.50
(1645 x 673)
64.75 x 32.50
(1645 x 826)
64.75 x 32.50
(1645 x 826)
64.75 x 32.50
(1645 x 826)
82.75 x 32.00
(2102 x 813)

NA
NA

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

NO. OF SHIPPING
PANEL
LATCHES WEIGHT
NUMBER
6
140 lbs. BP3648 (2)**
14
3
96 lbs.
BP4836**
10
10
3
3
109 lbs.
BP4836**
10
10
3
8
162 lbs. BP5442 (2)**
9

175 lbs.

BP6024**

3
11
11
3
3
11
11
3
11

125 lbs.

BP6036**

130 lbs.

BP6036**

140 lbs.

BP6036**

10

285 lbs.

BP6060**

5
9
5
9
9
5
11

158 lbs.

BP7224**

230 lbs.

BP7225**

290 lbs.

BP7236**

10

300 lbs.

BP7248**

10

520 lbs.

BP7249**

10

315 lbs.

BP7260**

10

375 lbs.

BP7260**

22

480 lbs.

BP7272**

10

557 lbs.

BP7272**

22

430 lbs.

BP7272**

6

307 lbs.

BP9036**

*Available as made to order.
All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
NOTE: Mounting hole dimension is .50 inches.
**Panel ordered separately.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

139

N Series

N903620FSRT

OVERALL
HXWXD
39.50 x 48.50 x 13.62
(1003 x 1232 x 346)
51.29 x 36.62 x 13.93
(1303 x 930 x 354)

ControlDisconnect_2011_1_ControlDisconnect 8/22/11 8:05 PM Page 140

Control Disconnect Enclosures

C

Stahlin’s Control Disconnect Enclosures offer a unique range of product designed around a Type 4X
watertight, corrosion resistant vertical disconnect handle. The versatile mechanism functions as a
universal linkage compatible with name brand disconnects, circuit breakers and combination starters.
An environmentally sealed vertical disconnect mechanism differs significantly from a rotary throughthe-door mechanism. The assembly maintains the complete environmental integrity of the enclosure
while it minimizes panel obstruction. The mechanism mounts to the far right side of the enclosure and
minimizes the linkage interference with panel mounted components. As a result, competitively priced,
commercially available control can be used. Stahlin’s unique handle mechanism uses internal cabinet
space in the most efficient way possible. The handle mechanism is unchanged, regardless of the
capacity of the control. However, five different enclosure sizes are offered to accommodate both small
and large control assemblies.

Control Disconnect Enclosure Attributes
●

Environmentally sealed Type 4X disconnect handle

●

Safety lock in off position

●

Memory retaining polyurethane gasket

●

High impact resistance

●

300 series stainless steel

●

Stands up to an exceptionally broad range of chemical exposures

●

Integral mounting feet

●

Molded in panel mounting inserts

Disconnects

Control Disconnect Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50

File E64358SP
Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12 as designated

NEMA 250

Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12 as designated

CSA Std C22.2

File LR069014
Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12 as designated

Temperature Range

(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating

UL94-5V

Self extinguishing

Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance

Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

Class A (1)

ControlDisconnect_2011_1_ControlDisconnect 8/22/11 8:05 PM Page 141

Disconnects

ControlDisconnect_2011_1_ControlDisconnect 8/22/11 8:05 PM Page 142

Control Disconnect

C

Technical Specifications - Control Disconnect Enclosures
Base configuration (no suffix) - Vertical disconnect handle,
without pre-mounted control
C

Construction
Material
Gasket
Stainless Steel Hardware
Molded in Mounting Bosses
Metal inserts
Soft Edge Design
Latch Material

C

NOTES:

C

Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester
Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,
dust-tight environmental seal
300 Series stainless used on all hardware
Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel
All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts
Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for
assembly of dust and debris
Glass Filled Polyamide with foam in place gasket

Industry Standards
UL/cUL 50
NEMA 250
CSA Std C22.2
Temperature Range
Flammability Rating
Self Extinguishing
Chemical Resistance
NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread

File E64358SP Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12
(-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)
UL94-5V
Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating
Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix
Class A (1)

Accessories

Back Panels
Carbon Steel

BP__CS

pg. 149 - 150

Accessories
Drain & Breather Vents
Hole Plugs
Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips
All Other Accessories

Disconnects

C

pg. 144, 146
pg. 145
pg. 145, 148
pg. 144 - 159

Modifications
Custom Colors
Silk Screening
EMI/RFI Shielding
Custom Window
Custom Cutouts/Holes

Stahlin Enclosures

142

C

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13
pg. 12 - 13

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

ControlDisconnect_2011_1_ControlDisconnect 8/22/11 8:05 PM Page 143

Control Disconnect Enclosures Technical Drawings
W

F
B

O
J

H

E

M
A

A

K

A

B
SECTION B-B

N

D

C
B

L

SECTION A-A

Control Disconnect Enclosures
SIZE ID
NUMBER
C2016*
C2412*

C3024*
C3630*

INSIDE
AXBXC
19.70 x 16.04 x 9.24
(500 x 407 x 235)
24.00 x 12.87 x 11.33
(610 x 327 x 288)
24.05 x 24.39 x 11.25
(611 x 619 x 286)
30.46 x 25.47 x 11.27
(774 x 647 x 286)
36.31 x 31.69 x 11.36
(922 x 805 x 289)

MOUNTING
EXF
21.50 x 10.12
(546 x 257)
25.75 x 6.25
(654 x 159)
25.75 x 17.87
(654 x 454)
32.25 x 18.50
(819 x 470)
38.13 x 23.88
(968 x 606)

J
8.26
(210)
10.33
(262)
10.25
(260)
10.27
(261)
10.36
(263)

K
15.25
(387)
19.25
(489)
19.25
(489)
25.25
(641)
31.25
(794)

L
11.25
(286)
7.25
(184)
19.25
(489)
19.25
(489)
25.25
(641)

OPENING
ENCLOSURE
MXN
16.75 x 12.19
(425 x 310)
21.00 x 8.37
(533 x 213)
21.25 x 20.00
(540 x 508)
27.38 x 21.25
(695 x 540)
33.25 x 27.5
(845 x 692)

O
3.50
(89)
5.75
(146)
5.75
(146)
12.25
(311)
12.25
(311)

SHIPPING
WEIGHT
23.5

PANEL
NUMBER
BP2016CD**

28.6

BP2412CD**

42.7

BP2424CD**

53.6

BP3024CD**

71.5

BP3630CD**

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.
*Disconnect, fuse block, breaker, yoke, switches, or other internal components are not furnished with enclosure.
**Panel ordered separately.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

143

Disconnects

C2424*

OVERALL
HXWXD
22.75 x 16.87 x 11.00
(578 x 429 x 279)
26.95 x 13.72 x 13.25
(685 x 348 x 337)
27.00 x 25.24 x 13.19
(686 x 641 x 335)
33.41 x 26.32 x 13.19
(849 x 668 x 335)
39.31 x 32.50 x 13.31
(999 x 826 x 338)

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 144

Stahlin Enclosure Accessories
General Accessories
Stahlin enclosures are created in standard forms and shapes, but the ability to customize into unique end user configurations may be
the single best reason to buy Stahlin products. Certain accessories are available by part number and can be added at the time of the
enclosure purchase, or added later as a separate item.
By comparison, modifications are considerably more complex and end user specific and they must be implemented before the
enclosure leaves the factory. All items listed as Accessories are available as separately priced items. These services designated
factory install Modifications must be requested at the time of order placement.

Breather Vent – 4X
Stahlin’s non-metallic Breather Vent allows an enclosure to “breathe” — literally
allowing the free passage of air while maintaining UL Type 4X enclosure
integrity as a recognized component.

Breather Vent
CATALOG NUMBER
BV4XKIT

Drain Vent – 4X
Stahlin’s new non-metallic Drain Vent reliably protects electrical
equipment housed inside an enclosure by properly draining unwanted
moisture or accumulated water from within, while maintaining UL Type
4X enclosure integrity as a recognized component.

Drain Vent

Accessories

CATALOG NUMBER
DV4XKIT

Stahlin Enclosures

144

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 145

General Accessories
PVC Coated Hubs for use with PVC Coated Rigid Conduit
For connections using rigid PVC
coated conduit, Plasti-Bond Red hubs
are available in four standard sizes.

Plasti-Bond Red Hubs
CATALOG NUMBER
STPRSTG2
STPRSTG3
STPRSTG4
STPRSTG5

SIZE
3/ 4"
1"
1 1/ 4"
1 1/ 2"

Copper Free Aluminum Hubs for use with Metallic Conduit
Metallic conduit connections can be made with the use of an aluminum
hub available in seven standard sizes.

• Superior corrosion resistance compared to rust-prone carbon steel
and other metallic alternatives helps ensure increased enclosure
life expectancy.
• Cost effective when compared to either carbon or stainless steel
alternatives.
• Considerably better long-term resistance to UV degradation versus
UV-susceptible soft rubber plugs that turn brittle from extreme
temperature variations and repeated UV exposure.

Aluminum Hubs
CATALOG NUMBER
M50
M75
M100
M125
M150
M200
M250
M300
M400

INSIDE DIAMETER
1/ 2"
3/ 4"
1"
1 1/ 4"
1 1/ 2"
2"
2 1/ 2"
3"
4"

HOLE DIAMETER
7/ 8"
11/16"
11/4"
1 11/16"
1 7/ 8"
2 3/ 8"
2 7/ 8"
3 7/16"
4 3/ 8"

• Will not create galvanic corrosion associated with dissimilar metals
sometimes used in electrical enclosures.
• Maintains all chemical resistance features of current Stahlin
products.
• Flame retardant material to UL 94V-0.
• A submersion/hosedown rated component for use in electrical
enclosures UL recognized to type 4X and 6P.
• IEC tested to IP66 and IP68.

PluggIt!
Kit
Number

Config.

ØA

B

+0.05"
-0.00"

C

HP1
HPSERIES 1

HP2

HPSERIES 1.5

HP3.5

1.00"
(25.40)

0.22"
(5.59)

0.35"
(8.89)

1.20"
(30.48)

0.22"
(5.59)

0.33"
(8.38)

HP3

HP4
HPSERIES 2

HP5

1.50"
(38.10)

0.22"
(5.59)

0.38"
(9.63)

HP6
HP7
HP8
HP9
HPSERIES 4
HP10

Stahlin Enclosures

•

HPSERIES 5

HP11

HPSERIES 6

HP12

HPSERIES 7

HP13

HPSERIES 8

HP14

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

2.00"
(50.80)

0.22"
(5.59)

0.38"
(9.63)

2.75"
(69.85)

0.22"
(5.59)

0.41"
(10.41)

3.38"
(85.85)
4.00"
(101.60)
4.50"
(114.30)
5.00"
(127.00)

0.22"
(5.59)
0.22"
(5.59)
0.22"
(5.59)
0.22"
(5.59)

0.34"
(8.63)
0.34"
(8.63)
0.38"
(9.63)
0.41"
(10.41)

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

ØF

ØG

Common Industry
Applications

N/A

1/2" Dia. Hole

0.56"
(14.22)
0.68"
(17.27)

0.44"
(11.18)

N/A

0.81"
(20.57)

3/4" Dia. Hole

N/A
1.65"
(41.91)
N/A
2.44"
(61.89)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

1/2" Conduit
1/2" Conduit
22mm PB

N/A
1.03"
(26.16)
1.19"
(30.22)

5/8" Dia. Hole

0.85"
(21.59)

3/4" Conduit
30mm PB

1.35"
(34.29)

1.97"
(50.04)
2.97"
(75.44)
3.59"
(91.19)
4.09"
(103.88)
4.59"
(116.58)

1" Conduit
1-1/4" Conduit
1-1/2" Conduit
2" Conduit
2-1/2" Conduit
3" Conduit
3-1/2" Conduit
4" Conduit

www.stahlin.com

145

Accessories

HPSERIES 3

D
ØE Ref. - Nom.
Across Flats Hole Dia. Range
0.50" - 0.56"
(12.70 - 14.29)
0.88"
0.63" - 0.69"
(22.35) (16.00 - 17.46)
0.75" - 0.81"
(19.05 - 20.64)
1.04"
0.88"
(26.39)
(22.35)
0.88" - 1.00"
(22.35 - 25.40)
1.38"
1.06" - 1.12"
(35.05) (26.92 - 28.45)
1.22" - 1.28"
(30.73 - 32.51)
1.38" - 1.50"
(35.05 - 38.10)
1.88"
(47.75)
1.69" - 1.75"
(42.67 - 44.45)
2.00" - 2.12"
(50.80 - 53.85)
2.63"
(66.67)
2.50" - 2.56"
(63.50 - 65.09)
3.38"
3.00"
(85.85)
(76.20)
4.00"
3.62"
(101.60)
(91.95)
4.50"
4.12"
(114.30)
(104.65)
5.00"
4.62"
(127.00)
(117.35)

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 146

General Accessories
Louver Plate Vent
Louver Plate Vent
CATALOG NUMBER
LP1
LPK3KIT
Note: Kit includes LP1 plus silicone pack
and four rivets

Drain & Vent
Drain & Vent
CATALOG NUMBER
DV1PVC
DVK3KIT
Note: Kit includes DV1PVC and silicone
packet

Encapsulated Screws
Encapsulated
CATALOG NUMBER
2PKENCAP
4PKENCAP

Stainless Steel Screws
Stainless Steel Cover Screws

Accessories

CATALOG NUMBER
2PKSS*
4PKSS*
4PKSSCF*
2PKSSCL*
4PKBPSS**
4PKBPN1610**
4PKBPN**
6PKBPN**
8PKBPN**

SERIES
J
J
CF
CL
DS, J, CL
N
N
N
N

TYPE
Cover
Cover
Cover
Cover
Back Panel
Back Panel
Back Panel
Back Panel
Back Panel

Note: * includes cover screws and “O” rings.
** includes back panel screws and washers.

Stahlin Enclosures

146

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 147

General Accessories
Vapor Capsule
Stahlin Vapor Capsules contain a unique vapor phase inhibitor
designed to protect metallic surfaces within an enclosure
against airborne corrosion.

Louver Plate Vent
CATALOG NUMBER
VC21
Note: Radius of Protection: 2 ft.
Normal Life Span: 1 yr.

Plastic Print Pocket
Stahlin's Print Pocket is self
adhesive and can be utilized to
store prints or other important
documents within the enclosure.

Stainless Steel Cover Screws
CATALOG NUMBER
PRTPKT

HEIGHT
9.3"

WIDTH
10.4"

DEPTH
1.2"

Carrying Handle
Carrying Handle
CATALOG NUMBER
CH109506

B
4.80
(122)

1.57
(40)

2.40
(61)

0.31
(8)

3.86
(98)
B0.25 (6.5) 2 PLC’S.

4.80
(122)
5.59
(142)

Accessories

Hole Mounting Detail

1.02
(26)

B0.24 (6)
2 PLC’S.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

147

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 148

General Accessories
Nylon Cord Grip Fittings
Nylon cord grips are durable and easy to install. The body and sealing
nut are manufactured with a tough, impact resistant nylon. Together
the nut and washer form a positive sealing grip when installed through
an enclosure wall. The oil resistant neoprene grommet and nylon
washer fit tightly around an entrance cord, sealing out moisture, dust
and foreign materials.
NEMA STD FBI-1983
UL STD 514 File No. 53599 Type 4
CSA STD 22.2 No. 18 File No. 28985 Type 4
HAZ LOC NEC 501-4(b), 502-4(a)(2), 503-3(a)
Class I, Div 2, Class II Div 1 and 2; Class III Div 1 and 2

Nylon Cord Grip
CATALOG
NUMBER

HUB
DIAMETER

CABLE
DIAMETER
RANGE

INSIDE
BODY
DIAMETER

5122

1/2"

.250-.312

.625

5123

1/2"

.312-.375

.625

5124

1/2"

.375-.437

.625

5125

1/2"

.437-.500

.625

5126*

1/2"

.500-.562

.625

5146

3/4"

.562-.625

.788

*Cable jacket may have to be stripped for clearance

Nominal O.D.
SIZE
18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

TYPE
SV-SVT
SJ-SJO
S-SO
SJTO
STO
SJ-SJO
S-SO
SJTO
STO
SJO
S-SO
STO
BDC
S-SO
STO
BDC
S-SO
STO
BDC
S-SO
STO
BDC
S-SO
STO
BDC
S-SO
STO
BDC
STO
BDC

2
COND
.24
.31
.39
.30
.38
.33
.41
.32
.39
.43
.53
.52

3
COND
.25
.34
.41
.33
.39
.36
.43
.35
.42
.47
.56
.55

.61
.59

.64
.63

.64
.64

.69
.68

.79
.81

.90
.85

.91
.95

.99
1.00

1.09
1.10

1.15
1.15

1.29

1.34

Accessories

148

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

.61
.59
.40
.67
.67
.45
.75
.74
.50
.97
.96
.68
1.07
.80
1.29
1.30
.94
1.08

Dimensional data is taken from various cable manufacturers.
It is not guaranteed but usable for general purposes.

Stahlin Enclosures

4
COND
.26
.36
.44
.36
.42
.39
.49
.39
.47

•

www.stahlin.com

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 149

General Accessories
Back Panels
Back Panels
CATALOG
SUFFIX
AL
SS
FG
CS

MATERIAL
Aluminum
Stainless Steel
Fiberglass
Carbon Steel

GRADE
3003 H14
304

FINISH
None
None

MISC.

UL94-V0
Painted
White Enamel
Note: Available for all product families unless otherwise specified
1008/1010

BT

End View (Flat)

End View (Formed)

BB

BL

BA

BK
OMIT CENTER HOLES WHEN
"BK" IS LESS THAN 29"

HOLE
DIA.

Accessories

OMIT CENTER HOLES WHEN
"BL" IS LESS THAN 31.25"

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

149

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 150

Enclosure Specific Accessories

Typical Series Designators: DS, J, JCC, RJ, CL, PC, F Back Panel Dimensions
SIZE ID
NUMBER
BP64
BP66
BP76
BP86
BP88
BP96
BP108
BP1210
BP1212
BP1407
BP1412
BP1614
BP1816
BPJ2016

BA

BB

BK

BL

4.88
(124)
4.88
(124)
6
(152)
6.88
(175)
6.88
(175)
8.25
(210)
8.88
(225)
10.88
(276)
10.88
(276)
12.88
(327)
12.88
(327)
14.88
(378)
16.88
(429)
18.88
(479)

2.88
(73)
4.88
(124)
4.88
(124)
4.88
(124)
6.88
(175)
4.88
(124)
6.88
(175)
8.88
(225)
10.88
(276)
5.88
(149)
10.88
(276)
12.88
(327)
14.88
(378)
14.88
(378)

4.25
(108)
4.25
(108)
5.38
(137)
6.25
(159)
6.25
(159)
7.63
(194)
8.25
(210)
10.25
(260
10.25
(260
12.25
(311)
12.25
(311)
14.25
(362)
16.25
(413)
18.25
(463)

2.25
(57)
4.25
(108)
4.25
(108)
4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
4.25
(108)
6.25
(159)
8.25
(210)
10.25
(260)
5.25
(133)
10.25
(260
12.25
(311)
14.250
(362)
14.250
(362)

BT
(AL)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)

BT
(FG)
.125
(3)
.125
(3)
.125
(3)
.125
(3)
.125
(3)
.125
(3)
.125
(3)
.125
(3)
.125
(3)
.125
(3)
.125
(3)
.125
(3)
.125
(3)
.125
(3)

BT
(SS)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)

BT
(CS)
.075
(2)
.075
(2)
.075
(2)
.075
(2)
.075
(2)
.075
(2)
.075
(2)
.075
(2)
.075
(2)
.075
(2)
.075
(2)
.075
(2)
.075
(2)
.075
(2)

PANEL
TYPE
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat

HOLE
DIA.
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)
.25
(6)

# OF
HOLES
4

Weight
Weight
(Aluminum) (Fiberglass)
Suffix: AL
Suffix: FG
2 oz.
2 oz.

Weight
Weight
(Stainless) (Carbon Steel)
Suffix: SS
Suffix: CS
5 oz.
6 oz.

4

3 oz.

3 oz.

6 oz.

8 oz.

4

4 oz.

4 oz

9 oz

10 oz.

4

4 oz.

4 oz.

12 oz.

12 oz.

4

5 oz.

5 oz.

15 oz.

15 oz.

4

5 oz.

5 oz.

12 oz.

14 oz.

4

8 oz.

8 oz.

1.2 lb.

1.3 lb.

4

12 oz.

14 oz.

1.9 lb.

2.1 lb.

4

1 lb.

1.1 lb.

2.3 lb.

2.4 lb.

4

14 oz.

14 oz.

2 lb.

2.1 lb.

4

1.125 lb.

1.3 lb.

2.8 lb.

3 lb.

4

1.5 lb.

1.4 lb.

3.8 lb.

4.1 lb.

4

1.94 lb.

2 lb.

5.5 lb.

5.4 lb.

4

2.25 lb.

2.1 lb.

6.1 lb.

6.1 lb.

Caution: Metric units are for reference do not convert.
Note: When specifying combine Size ID Number and Material Suffix
Example: BP64SS for 6x4 Stainless Steel Back Panel

Typical Series Designators: C - Disconnect Back Panel Dimensions
BA
16.88
(429)

BB
13.38
(340)

BK
15.25
(387)

BL
11.25
(286)

Panel
Thickness
BT
0.13
(2)

BP2412CD

20.88
(530)

9.38
(238)

19.25
(489)

7.25
(184)

0.13
(2)

Formed

0.50
(13)

4

6.5 lbs.

BP2424CD

20.88
(530)

21.38
(543)

19.25
(489)

19.25
(489)

0.13
(2)

Formed

0.50
(13)

4

14 lbs.

BP3024CD

26.88
(683)

21.38
(543)

25.25
(641)

19.25
(489)

0.13
(2)

Formed

0.50
(13)

4

19 lbs.

BP3630CD

32.88
(835)

27.38
(695)

31.25
(794)

25.25
(641)

0.13
(2)

Formed

0.50
(13)

6

29 lbs.

Accessories

SIZE ID
NUMBER
BP2016CD

Panel
Type
Formed

Hole
Dia.
0.31
(8)

# of
Holes
4

Weight
(Steel)
(suffix: CS)
7.3 lbs.

Fits Typical
Enclosure
Size
20 x 16
Disconnect
Enclosure
24 x 12
Disconnect
Enclosure
24 x 24
Disconnect
Enclosure
30 x 24
Disconnect
Enclosure
36 x 30
Disconnect
Enclosure

Caution: Metric units are for reference do not convert.
Note: Carbon Steel (CS) available only

Stahlin Enclosures

150

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 151

Enclosure Specific Accessories
Typical Series Designation: N Series Back Panel Dimensions
SIZE ID
NUMBER
BP1610
BP2016
BP2020
BP2412
BP2420
BP2424
BP3020
BP3024
BP3630
BP3636
BP4836
BP6036
BP7225
* BP7249
* BP7260

BA

BB

BK

BL

13.00
(330)
17.00
(432)
17.00
(432)
21.00
(533)
21.00
(533)
21.00
(533)
27.00
(686)
27.00
(686)
33.00
(838)
31.00
(787)
45.00
(1143)
57.00
(1448)
64.00
(1626)
64.00
(1626)
64.00
(1626)

8.50
(216)
13.00
(330)
17.00
(432)
9.00
(229)
17.00
(432)
21.00
(533)
17.00
(432)
21.00
(533)
27.00
(686)
33.00
(838)
33.00
(838)
33.00
(838)
21.00
(533)
22.00
(559)
27.50
(698)

12.00
(305)
15.25
(387)
15.25
(387)
19.25
(489)
19.25
(489)
19.25
(489)
25.25
(641)
25.25
(641)
31.25
(794)
29.00
(737)
43.25
(1099)
55.25
(1403)
62.00
(1575)
62.00
(1575)
62.00
(1575)

7.50
(191)
11.25
(286)
15.25
(387)
7.25
(184)
15.25
(387)
19.25
(489)
15.25
(387)
19.25
(489)
25.25
(641)
31.00
(787)
31.25
(794)
31.25
(794)
19.00
(483)
20.00
(508)
25.50
(648)

BT
(AL)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.080
(2)
.13
(3)
.13
(3)
.13
(3)
.13
(3)
.13
(3)
.13
(3)
.13
(3)
.13
(3)
.13
(3)
.13
(3)
.13
(3)

BT
(SS)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.060
(2)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)

BT
(CS)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)
.105
(3)

PANEL
TYPE
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed

HOLE
DIA.
0.31
(8)
.50
(13)
.50
(13)
.50
(13)
.50
(13)
.50
(13)
.50
(13)
.50
(13)
.50
(13)
.50
(13)
.50
(13)
.50
(13)
.50
(13)
.50
(13)
.50
(13)

# OF
HOLES
4

Weight
(Aluminum)
Suffix: AL
1 lb

Weight
(Stainless)
Suffix: SS
1.5 lbs

Weight
(Carbon Steel)
Suffix: CS
3.3 lbs

4

2 lbs

3.7 lbs

6.7 lbs

4

2.5 lbs

4 lbs

5.7 lbs

4

1.5 lbs

5 lbs

8.7 lbs

4

4.5 lbs

6 lbs

10.8 lbs

4

5.5 lbs

7.4 lbs

13.4 lbs

4

5.8 lbs

7.7 lbs

14 lbs

4

7 lbs

9.6 lbs

17 lbs

4

11 lbs

15.2 lbs

27 lbs

6

14 lbs

18.5 lbs

33 lbs

8

20 lbs

N/A

47 lbs

8

25 lbs

N/A

60 lbs

10

18.5 lbs

N/A

43 lbs

10

38 lbs

N/A

86 lbs

10

46 lbs

N/A

109 lbs

* Set of two panels.
Caution: Metric units are for reference;do not convert.
Note: When specifying combine Size ID Number and Material Suffix
Example: BP1610CS for 16x10 Carbon Steel Back Panel

Accessories

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

151

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 152

Enclosure Specific Accessories – Control Series Back Panels
Typical Series Designation: N Series Back Panel Dimensions
SIZE ID
NUMBER
BP3648*
BP5442*
BP6024
BP6048*
BP6060*
BP6248*
BP6260*
BP7224
BP7230
BP7231
BP7236
BP7237
BP7248*
BP7272*
BP7460*
BP7472*
BP9024
BP9036
BP9048*
BP9072*

BA

BB

BK

BL

31.00
(787)
49.00
(1245)
57.00
(1448)
52.50
(1334)
52.50
(1334)
54.50
(1384)
54.50
(1384)
64.00
(1626)
64.00
(1626)
64.00
(1626)
64.00
(1626)
64.00
(1626)
64.00
(1626)
64.00
(1626)
66.00
(1676)
66.00
(1676)
82.00
(2083)
82.00
(2083)
82.00
(2083)
82.00
(2083)

22.00
(559)
19.00
(483)
21.00
(533)
21.5
(546)
27.50
(699)
21.50
(546)
27.50
(699)
20.00
(508)
26.00
(660)
27.00
(686)
32.00
(813)
33.00
(838)
21.50
(546)
33.50
(851)
27.50
(699)
33.50
(851)
20.00
(508)
32.00
(813)
21.5
(546)
33.50
(851)

29.00
(737)
47.00
(1194)
55.25
(1403)
50.50
(1283)
50.50
(1283)
52.50
(1334)
52.50
(1334)
62.00
(1575)
62.00
(1575)
62.00
(1575)
62.00
(1575)
62.00
(1575)
62.00
(1575)
62.00
(1575)
64.00
(1626)
64.00
(1626)
80.00
(2032)
80.00
(2032)
80.00
(2032)
80.00
(2032)

20.00
(508)
17.00
(432)
19.25
(489)
19.50
(495)
25.50
(648)
19.50
(495)
25.50
(648)
18.00
(457)
24.00
(610)
25.00
(635)
30.00
(762)
31.00
(787)
19.50
(495)
31.50
(800)
25.50
(648)
31.50
(800)
18.00
(457)
30.00
(762)
19.50
(495)
31.50
(800)

BT
(AL)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)
0.125
(3)

BT
(FG)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)
0.25
(6)

BT
(SS)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)
0.060
(2)

BT
(CS)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)
0.105
(3)

PANEL
TYPE
Flat
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed
Formed

HOLE
DIA.
0.500
(13)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.438
(11)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)
0.563
(14)

# OF
HOLES
8

Weight
(Aluminum)
Suffix: AL
1 lb.

Weight
Weight
(Stainless) (Carbon Steel)
Suffix: SS
Suffix: CS
N/A
3.3 lbs.

6

2 lbs.

N/A

6.7 lbs.

6

2.5 lbs.

N/A

5.7 lbs.

10

1.5 lbs.

N/A

8.7 lbs.

10

4.5 lbs.

N/A

10.8 lbs.

10

5.5 lbs.

N/A

13.4 lbs.

10

5.8 lbs.

N/A

14 lbs.

10

7 lbs.

N/A

17 lbs.

10

11 lbs.

N/A

27 lbs.

10

14 lbs.

N/A

N/A

10

20 lbs.

N/A

47 lbs.

10

25 lbs.

N/A

60 lbs.

10

18.5 lbs.

N/A

43 lbs.

10

38 lbs.

N/A

128 lbs.

10

46 lbs.

N/A

109 lbs.

10

60 lbs.

N/A

132 lbs.

10

23 lbs.

N/A

49 lbs.

10

36 lbs.

N/A

79 lbs.

10

48 lbs.

N/A

105 lbs.

10

72 lbs.

N/A

164 lbs.

Accessories

* Set of two panels.
Caution:Metic units are for reference;do not convert.
Note: When specifying combine Size ID Number and Material Suffix
Example: BP1610CS for 16x10 Carbon Steel Back Panel

Stahlin Enclosures

152

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 153

Enclosure Specific Accessories – DuraBoxx Back Panels
DuraBoxx® D Series Back Panel Dimensions
BACK PANEL
MODEL NO.
D333BP

BA
2.48
(63)
2.44
(62)
4.21
(107)
4.21
(107)
5.67
(144)
5.67
(144)
9.17
(233)
9.17
(233)
13.54
(344)
15.28
(388)

D342BP
D554BP
D594BP
D774BP
D7114BP
D10105BP
D10165BP
D14144BP
D16165BP

BB
1.02
(26)
1.26
(32)
2.44
(62)
2.44
(62)
3.43
(87)
3.43
(87)
6.93
(176)
6.93
(176)
11.30
(287)
13.03
(331)

BC
N/A

BD
N/A

N/A

N/A

2.05
(52)
2.05
(52)
2.99
(76)
2.99
(76)
3.94
(100)
3.94
(100)
10.63
(270)
9.84
(250)

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
5.35
(136)
N/A

BE
2.68
(68)
3.82
(97)
4.29
(109)
8.15
(207)
5.67
(144)
9.61
(244)
9.37
(238)
15.08
(383)
13.54
(344)
15.04
(382)

BF
2.28
(58)
3.50
(89)
3.74
(95)
7.60
(193)
5.20
(132)
9.13
(232)
8.94
(227)
14.65
(372)
13.07
(332)
14.65
(372)

BG
1.85
(47)
3.27
(83)
3.39
(86)
7.24
(184)
4.61
(117)
8.54
(217)
8.31
(211)
14.02
(356)
12.48
(317)
13.98
(355)

BH
N/A

# OF
HOLES
2

N/A

2

2.83
(72)
6.69
(170)
4.02
(102)
7.95
(202)
7.72
(196)
13.43
(341)
11.89
(302)
13.43
(341)

6
6
6
6
6
6
10
6

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert.

DuraBoxx® DL Series Back Panel Dimensions
BACK PANEL
MODEL NO.
DL18127BP
DL18168BP
DL24168BP

BA
13.94
(354)
14.80
(376)
21.89
(556)

BB
13.46
(342)
14.25
(362)
21.34
(542)

BC
8.46
(215)
12.83
(326)
14.84
(377)

BD
7.95
(202)
12.24
(311)
14.21
(361)

# OF
HOLES
4
4
4

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert.

Accessories

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

153

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 154

Enclosure Specific Accessories - Dead Front Panels

A dead front panel is designed to obscure the view of circuitry or devices while offering a cosmetically pleasing
mounting surface. In a designer's view, the dead front panel can represent the cover of the enclosure that will now
rest beneath a clear hinged door. This emphasizes the importance of full clear window fronts and fully clear covers.
Stahlin produces a top quality design, inclusive of spring-loaded releasable hinges that make component mounting
and panel assembly a very simple task. When properly installed, the panel is securely fixed to the sidewall of the
enclosure. This means that load-bearing weights are distributed throughout the assembly. The hinged suspended panel
swings out of the way to provide full access to a panel or PC board mounting.

Typical Series Designators: CL and CLW Series Dead Front Panels
Size ID
Number
DF707

HxW
4.68 x 6.56
(119 x 167)
6.68 x 6.56
(170 x 167)
8.68 x 8.56
(220 x 217)
10.68 x 10.56
(271 x 268)
12.68 x 12.5
(322 x 317)

DF907
DF1109
DF1311

Accessories

DF1513

Panel
Thickness
0.080
(2)
0.080
(2)
0.080
(2)
0.080
(2)
0.080
(2)

Panel
Type
Flat

Weight
(Aluminum)
(suffix: AL)
3 oz.

Flat

4 oz.

Flat

8 oz.

Flat

12 oz.

Flat

18 oz.

Fits Typical
Enclosure
Size
7x7
(178 x 178)
9x7
(229 x 178)
11 x 9
(279 x 229)
13 x 11
(330 x 279)
15 x 13
(381 x 330)

Note: Available in hinged short side, contact factory for details
Available as Factory Install Modification ONLY, contact factory for details
Material available only in Aluminum (AL)

Stahlin Enclosures

154

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 155

Enclosure Specific Accessories - Dead Front Panels

Typical Series Designators: J, JW, JCC, RJ, RJW Series Dead Front Panels
Size ID
Number
1008DF

HxW
9.75 x 7.75
(248 x 197)
11.75 x 9.68
(298 x 246)
13.75 x 11.75
(349 x 298)
15.75 x 13.75
(400 x 349)
17.75 x 15.75
(451 x 400)
19.81 x 15.75
(503 x 400)

1210DF
1412DF
1614DF
1816DF
J2016DF

Panel
Thickness
0.080
(2)
0.080
(2)
0.080
(2)
0.080
(2)
0.080
(2)
0.080
(2)

Panel
Type
Flat

Weight (Aluminum)
(suffix: AL)
8 oz.

Flat

12 oz.

Flat

1.1 lb.

Flat

1.5 lb.

Flat

2.5 lb.

Flat

2.4 lb.

Fits Typical
Enclosure Size
10 x 8
(254 x 203)
12 x 10
(305 x 254)
14 x 12
(356 x 305)
16 x 14
(406 x 356)
18 x 16
(457 x 406)
20 x 16
(508 x 406)

Note: Available as Factory Install Modification ONLY, contact factory for details
Material available only in Aluminum (AL)

Typical Series Designators: N Series Dead Front Panels
Size ID
Number
2016DF
2420DF
2424DF
3020DF
3024DF
3630DF

Panel
Thickness
0.080
(2)
0.080
(2)
0.080
(2)
0.080
(2)
0.080
(2)
0.080
(2)

Panel
Type
Flat

Weight (Aluminum)
(suffix: AL)
2.4 lbs.

Flat

3.8 lbs.

Flat

4.8 lbs.

Flat

5.0 lbs.

Flat

6.5 lbs.

Flat

10.5 lbs.

Fits Typical
Enclosure Size
20 x 16
(508 x 406)
24 x 20
(610 x 508)
24 x 24
(610 x 610)
30 x 20
(762 x 508)
30 x 24
(762 x 610)
36 x 30
(914 x 762)

Note: Available as Factory Install Modification ONLY, contact factory for details
Material available only in Aluminum (AL)

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

155

Accessories

HxW
16.00 x 11.50
(406 x 292)
20.00 x 15.38
(508 x 391)
20.00 x 19.38
(508 x 492)
26.00 x 15.38
(660 x 391)
26.00 x 20.25
(660 x 514)
32.50 x 25.88
(826 657)

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 156

Enclosure Specific Accessories - Latches for Field Replacements or Modifications

NLL150WTKIT

J Series - JLL150KIT

SSLKIT

Control / N Series NLL150KIT

Latches for Field Replacement
SIZE ID
NUMBER
JLL150KIT

CONFIGURATION
HLL

FAMILY
J, RJ, CL

NLL150KIT

HLL

N

NLL150WTKIT

HLL

N

SSLKIT

HPL

J, RJ, CL

WKJLatch

MAINTAINS
DESCRIPTION
Standard link lock latch used for "HLL"
designations Type 4X
Standard link lock latch used on "N"
Series Type 12, 3R and 4X
Standard link lock latch used on "N"
Series Type 4X top & bottom
Standard padlock latch used for "HPL"
designations Type 4X

HASPKITSS

Field Replacements or Modifications
SIZE ID
NUMBER
WKJLatch

FAMILY
J, RJ

HASPKITSS

N/A

N

HASPKITFG

N/A

N

MAINTAINS
DESCRIPTION
Operator mechanism for "J" series.
Stainless steel alternate hasp pin for "N"
Series enclosures
Fiberglass alternate hasp
pin for “N” series enclosures

Accessories

CONFIGURATION
Wing Through Door

Stahlin Enclosures

156

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 157

Enclosure Specific Accessories – Mounting Feet
Classic Series Mounting Feet
Classic Series Mounting Feet Dimensions
SIZE
707

O
8.46
(215)
10.46
(266)
12.46
(316)
14.46
(367)
16.46
(418)

907
1109
1311
1513
Mounting Feet
CLMTGFTKIT

P
5.71
(145)
5.71
(145)
7.71
(196)
9.71
(247)
11.71
(297)

Q
5.71
(145)
7.71
(196)
9.71
(247)
11.71
(297)
13.71
(348)

R
8.46
(215)
8.46
(215)
10.46
(266)
12.46
(316)
14.46
(367)

DuraBoxx® Mounting Feet
DuraBoxx® D Series Optional Mounting
USED WITH
MODEL NO.
D554W
D594W
D774W
D7114W
D10105W
D10165W
D14144W
D16165W

MOUNTING
QXR
3.23 x 5.98
(82 x 152)
3.23 x 9.84
(82 x 250)
4.33 x 7.32
(110 x 186)
4.33 x 11.26
(110 x 286)
7.87 x 11.06
(200 x 281)
7.87 x 16.77
(200 x 426)
12.20 x 15.20
(310 x 386)
13.98 x 16.77
(355 x 426)

MTG FOOT
KIT NO.
DMTGKIT
DMTGKIT
DMTGKIT
DMTGKIT
DMTGKIT
DMTGKIT
DMTGKIT
DMTGKIT

DuraBoxx® DL Series Optional Mounting
USED WITH
MODEL NO.
DL18127W
DL18168W

MOUNTING
SXT
N/A

MTG FOOT
KIT NO.
DLMTGKIT

17.70 x 11.56
(450 x 294)
24.80 x 13.53
(630 x 344)

DLMTGKIT
DLMTGKIT

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

157

Accessories

DL24168W

MOUNTING
QXR
12.66 x 11.34
(321 x 288)
13.53 x 15.73
(344 x 400)
20.63 x 17.70
(524 x 450)

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 158

Fiberglass Trough & Strut

FT

FT Fiberglass Trough
Fiberglass trough is a useful complement to wall mount control systems. Made from fiberglass
pultrusion, trough features permanent end caps as well as a snap lock cover that forms a
solid housing.
Trough is offered as simple protection to wiring from water, oil, dust or corrosive environments,
including greenhouses, food processing, plating rooms, pickling and printed circuit board
manufacturing. The basic offering includes a six by six structure that is available in six
common lengths.
FT6612

Fiberglass trough & strut do not carry any UL or CSA ratings.

Fiberglass Trough Dimensions
SIZE ID
NUMBER
FT6612

INSIDE DIMENSIONS
HXWXD
6 x 6 x 12
(152 x 152 x 305)
6 x 6 x 24
(152 x 152 x 610)
6 x 6 x 36
(152 x 152 x 914)
6 x 6 x 48
(152 x 152 x 1219)
6 x 6 x 60
(152 x 152 x 1524)
6 x 6 x 120
(152 x 152 x 3048)

FT6624
FT6636
FT6648
FT6660
FT66120

OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS
HXWXD
6-3/8 x 6-5/8 x 12-3/8
(162 x 168 x 314)
6-3/8 x 6-5/8 x 24-3/8
(162 x 168 x 619)
6-3/8 x 6-5/8 x 36-3/8
(162 x 168 x 924)
6-3/8 x 6-5/8 x 48-3/8
(162 x 168 x 1229)
6-3/8 x 6-5/8 x 60-3/8
(162 x 168 x 1534)
6-3/8 x 6-5/8 x 120-3/8
(162 x 168 x 3058)

UNIT
WEIGHT
4.82 lbs.
8.61 lbs.
12.40 lbs.
16.19 lbs.
19.98 lbs.
40.00 lbs.

Trough & Strut

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

Stahlin Enclosures

158

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 159

Fiberglass Trough & Strut

Fiberglass Strut
Fiberglass strut is the finishing complement to trough. Used for both mounting purposes and support, this rigid pultruded fiberglass
mounting system is designed around two configurations. This rigid support system in completely corrosion resistant.

20P2000

20P1000

1.63 [41.28mm]
.1875 [4.76mm]

1.50 [38.10mm]

1.25 [31.75mm]

.125 [3.18mm]

.1875 [4.76mm]

1.25 [31.75mm]

.125 [3.18mm]

1.13 [28.58mm]
1.63 [41.28mm]

.375 [9.52mm]
.438 [11.11mm]

.75
[19.05mm]

.75
[19.05mm]

.375 [9.52mm]

.438 [11.11mm]

Fiberglass Strut
SIZE ID
NUMBER

SIZE
(INCHES)

WEIGHT
PER 100' STRUT

20P2000

10' length

65.0

20P1000

10' length

52.0

Trough & Strut

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

159

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 160

Technical Information

Technical
Information

Enclosure Materials
The choice of material is dependent on the concentration of

categories in the table are extremely broad, some materials

various corrosives present in the application environment and

may perform well in specific corrosive environments within a

other physical properties necessary to meet the design

general category and it is best to consult the detailed

specifications.

Chemical Resistance Information provided in Table 3.

To begin the selection process, one must consider the

Besides the enclosure material, the corrosion resistance of

general atmosphere as well as the corrosive agents which

windows, gaskets, latches, etc. must also be considered.

can be present in an application. Defining the corroding

Table 4 provides corrosion resistance information that can be

agents and determining the concentration can be a complex

used to select the commonly used materials for these

process. Usually several corrosive elements are present and

features.

interactions are not always well documented.
Much of the chemical resistance information in Table 3 is
Water (and water states such as ice, snow, mist, fog, vapor)

based on total immersion testing in the chemical for a

is the most common corrosive and is usually present to some

minimum of 30 days at 72°F. Some fiberglass test specimens

extent in every enclosure application. Each environment is

were evaluated using procedures outlined in ASTM D 543,

unique and all possible corrosive agents should be identified

Test Method for Resistance of Plastics to Chemical

for the intended enclosure application.

Reagents. The information in these tables is intended as a
guide only. Total immersion testing is considered quite severe

To select the best enclosure material for an application;

and the results may not necessarily reflect the

chemical resistance, physical strength and economic data are

performance under actual field conditions. The user

presented in several tables beginning on the next page. In

assumes responsibility for selection of the material based on

Table 1 enclosure materials are rated on a continuum from

the characteristics of the application environment.

“Recommended” to “Limited or Unacceptable” in three broad
categories of chemicals. Since the chemical resistance

Specifications for Stahlin Enclosure Back Panel Construction Materials
Fiberglass (FG)
Fiber reinforced polymer made of a plastic matrix reinforced by
fine fibers made of glass. The plastic matrix is a thermosetting
plastic made of polyester.

Technical
Information

Carbon Steel (CS)
A low carbon, rolled steel produced by passing bar stock through
a set of rolls. Stahlin CS back panels are powder coated for
appearance and protection.

Stahlin Enclosures

160

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Stainless Steel (SS)
Stainless steel is defined as a steel alloy with a minimum of
11% chromium content by mass. Stainless steel is used where
both the properties of steel and resistance to corrosion are
required. Stahlin hardware and SS backpanels are fabricated
utilizing 3000 series stainless steel.
Aluminum (AL)
A lightweight metal that quickly forms a natural oxide layer to
resist corrosion. Stahlin fabricates back panels from Type 3003
H14 Aluminum, the highest strength non-heat treatable aluminum
alloy recommended for marine applications.

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 161

Enclosure Materials

TABLE 1. BROAD CATEGORIES OF ENCLOSURE MATERIAL CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
Acids

➡➡

Stainless Steel

GENERAL CATEGORY OF CHEMICALS
Alkalines

Solvents

Fiberglass
Stainless Steel

➡➡

CONTINUUM
OF USE

Fiberglass

Fiberglass
Stainless Steel
Aluminum
Powder Coated Steel

Acceptable

PC
PVC
Powder Coated Steel

PC
Galvanized Steel
Powder Coated Steel

Galvanized Steel

Aluminum
Galvanized Steel

PVC
Aluminum

PC
PVC

Recommended

➡➡
Limited or
Unacceptable
➡➡

TABLE 2. RELATIVE MATERIAL STRENGTH AND COST
COMPARISON OF COMMONLY USED ENCLOSURE MATERIALS
MATERIAL

RELATIVE
PHYSICAL
STRENGTH

RELATIVE
COST

Aluminum

Average

Average

Indoor and Outdoor, Marine, Solvents, Petrochemical
Sulfates, Nitrates and Specific Acids.

None for enclosure applications

Fiberglass

Average

LowAverage

Indoor and Outdoor for continuously damp and highly
corrosive environments. Petrochem, Water Treatment,
Food Processing, Coating, Salts and Chemicals, Solar.

-40°F(C) to 250°F(121°C)
Stahlin
-76°F to 274°F (-60°C to 134°C)

Mild Steel:
Galvanized
Painted

High

Average
Low

Indoor and Outdoor where the respective coating
provides acceptable protection in a mildly corrosive
environment.

None for enclosure applications.

Stainless
Steel

High

AverageHigh

Indoor and Outdoor in highly corrosive applications.
Food and Dairy Processing or Marine.

None for enclosure applications.

Acrylic

Average

Low

Enclosure Windows. Weatherable, Scratch Resistant.
Good resistance to Solvents.

-31°F(-35°C) to 180°F(82°C)

Polycarbonate

Average

LowAverage

Enclosure Windows. Not recommended for direct
sunlight, exposure to organic solvents and
concentrated alkalis.

-31°F(-35°C) to 248°F(120°C)

Nylon

Average

Low

Cord Grip, Hinges, Latches.

-22°F(-30°C) to 212°F(100°C)

Gaskets:
Neoprene
Silicone
Urethane

Low
Low
Low

Low
Average
Average

Oil Resistance. Seams may be a problem
Oil Resistance Temperature & Chemical Resistance.
Water and Oil Resistance, Chemical Resistance.

-40°F(C) to 225°F(107°C)
-40°F(-40°C) to 350°F(175°C)
-40°F(C) to 200°F(93°C)

APPLICATION
CONDITIONS

TEMPERATURE
LIMITATIONS

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

Technical
Information

Detailed material strength information is beyond the scope of this catalog and should be obtained from a materials reference;
however, Table 2 provides some relative data to help with this selection.

www.stahlin.com

161

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 162

Technical Information

Technical
Information

Chemical Resistance – Material
KEY:
S =
L =
M =
U =
– =

Superior Resistance/Completely Unaffected under all Conditions
Limited Resistance, Some Chemical Attack May Occur Over Time
Moderate Resistance, Superficial Effects only, Testing Recommended
Unsatisfactory, Severe/Chemical Attack in a relatively short time
No Data Available

TABLE 3. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE OF FIBERGLASS MATERIALS AND ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES
Fiber
Glass
Aluminum Polyester

CHEMICAL

Polyester
Powder

Steel
Urethane
Enamel

Galvanized

Stainless Steel
Type
Type
304
316

PC

PVC

S

U

—

—

—

S

S

U

U

Acetic Acid (10%)

L

S

U

U

U

S

U

S

U

Acetone

S

L

L

U

L

S

S

U

U

Aluminum Chloride (10%)

U

S

U

U

U

U

M

S

S

Aluminum Sulfate (10%)

L

S

U

U

U

U

S

S

S

Ammonia Gas

L

S

—

—

—

S

S

—

—

Ammonium Chloride

U

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

S

Ammonium Hydroxide (10%)

S

L

U

U

U

S

S

U

S

Ammonium Nitrate (10%)

M

S

U

U

U

S

S

U

S

Ammonium Phosphate (10%)

L

M

S

L

U

S

M

S

—

Ammonium Sulfate

S

S

—

—

—

S

S

S

S

Aniline

L

U

—

—

—

S

S

U

L

ASTM #1 Oil

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

L

—

ASTM #3 Oil

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

L

—

Axle Grease

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

L

—

Benzene

S

S

—

—

S

S

S

U

L

Boric Acid (10%)

M

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

L

Bromine

U

L

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

Butyl Acetate

M

L

—

—

—

S

S

U

U

Butyric Acid

U

S

—

—

—

S

S

U

U

Calcium Chloride (10%)

L

S

U

U

U

L

S

S

L

Calcium Hydroxide (10%)

U

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

L

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Technical
Information

Acetyldehyde

Stahlin Enclosures

162

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 163

Chemical Resistance – Material

TABLE 3. Continued
Fiber
Glass
Aluminum Polyester

CHEMICAL

Polyester
Powder

Steel
Urethane
Enamel

Galvanized

Stainless Steel
Type
Type
304
316

PC

PVC

Calcium Hypochlorite (10%)

L

M

U

U

U

U

M

L

L

Calcium Sulfate

M

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

L

Carbolic Acid (25%)

M

L

U

U

U

S

S

U

Carbon Disulfide

S

L

—

—

—

S

S

U

Carbon Tetrachloride

S

M

U

S

S

U

S

U

Chlorine (dry)

S

S

—

—

—

S

S

U

U

Chlorine (water) 5-10 ppm

M

L

S

U

U

U

—

S

S

Chlorobenzene

S

S

—

—

S

S

S

U

Chloroform

L

U

—

—

—

S

S

U

U

Chrome Plating Solution

U

L

U

U

U

L

L

S

—

Chromic Acid

S

S

—

—

—

U

U

U

U

Citric Acid (10%)

U

M

U

U

U

S

S

S

L

Copper Sulfate

U

S

—

—

—

S

S

S

S

Creosote

L

L

—

—

—

S

S

U

—

Cutting Fluid (5 Star) 10%

S

S

U

U

U

S

S

L

—

Cutting Fluid (Castrol 980 H)

S

S

S

U

U

S

S

L

—

Cutting Fluid (Norton 205)

U

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

—

Cutting Fluid (Rustlick) 10%

M

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

—

Cutting Oil (Dark)

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

—

Diethyl Ether

S

S

—

—

—

S

S

U

U

Ethyl Alcohol

S

S

M

U

S

S

S

M

S

Ethylene Dichloride

S

L

—

—

—

—

—

U

U

Ethylene Glycol

S

S

S

S

U

S

S

S

S

Ferric Chloride

U

S

U

U

U

S

U

S

S

Ferric Nitrate

—

S

—

—

—

S

S

S

S

Ferric Sulfate

M

S

—

—

—

S

S

S

S

Fluorine

S

U

—

—

—

M

—

L

U

Formaldehyde

S

S

—

—

—

L

S

S

L

Formic Acid

U

S

U

U

U

M

S

S

—

Fuel Oil (#2)

S

S

M

S

S

S

M

L

S

Gasoline

S

M

—

—

—

S

S

U

S

Glycerine

S

S

—

—

S

S

S

S

S

Hydraulic Brake Fluid

S

S

U

U

S

S

S

U

—

Hydraulic Oil

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

L

S

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

163

Technical
Information

Stahlin Enclosures

U

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 164

Technical Information

Technical
Information

Chemical Resistance – Material
TABLE 3. Continued
Fiber
Glass
Aluminum Polyester

Technical
Information

CHEMICAL

Polyester
Powder

Steel
Urethane
Enamel

Galvanized

Stainless Steel
Type
Type
304
316

PC

PVC

Hydrochloric Acid (10%)

U

M

U

U

U

U

U

S

S

Hydrocyanic Acid

S

U

—

—

—

S

S

L

L

Hydrofluoric Acid (20%)

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

L

L

Hydrogen Peroxide

S

M

—

—

—

L

S

S

S

Hydrogen Sulfide

M

S

—

—

—

L

S

L

L

Hypochlorus Acid

U

S

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Isopropyl Alcohol

S

S

M

U

S

S

S

S

—

Kerosene

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

L

S

Lacquer Thinner

S

S

L

U

S

S

S

U

U

Lactic Acid

M

S

—

—

—

L

S

L

L

Lime

M

M

—

—

—

—

—

—

L

Liquid Dish Soap (10%)

M

S

U

U

U

S

M

S

S

Lubricating Oils

S

S

—

—

—

S

S

S

—

Magnesium Chloride (10%)

L

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

L

Magnesium Hydroxide (10%)

L

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

S

Mercuric Chloride (10%)

U

M

U

U

U

S

U

S

L

Methyl Ethyl Ketone

S

L

—

—

—

S

S

U

U

Methylene Chloride

S

S

U

U

M

S

S

U

U

Milk

S

S

—

—

—

S

S

S

S

Mineral Oil

S

S

—

—

—

S

S

S

S

Mineral Spirits

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

L

S

Motor Oil (10 weight)

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

L

Nickel Salts

L

S

—

—

—

L

S

S

S

Nitric Acid (10%)

U

M

U

U

U

S

S

L

S

Nitrobenzene

S

L

—

—

—

S

S

U

U

Oleic Acid

S

S

—

—

—

L

S

S

L

Perchlorethylene

S

S

S

U

S

S

S

U

L

Phosphoric Acid (25%)

U

L

U

U

U

S

S

S

S

Phosphoric Acid (50%)

U

U

U

U

U

S

S

S

S

Pickling Solution

U

M

U

U

U

S

M

S

—

Potassium Carbonate (10%)

U

S

S

S

L

S

S

S

L

Potassium Chloride (25%)

L

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

S

Potassium Hydroxide (25%)

U

U

U

U

U

M

M

U

S

Potassium Nitrate (10%)

U

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

S

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

Stahlin Enclosures

164

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 165

Chemical Resistance – Material

TABLE 3. Continued
Fiber
Glass
Aluminum Polyester

CHEMICAL

Polyester
Powder

Steel
Urethane
Enamel

Galvanized

Stainless Steel
Type
Type
304
316

PC

PVC

Potassium Sulfate (10%)

L

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

L

Soap (Igepal) 10%

L

S

S

U

U

S

S

S

S

Sodium Bicarbonate (10%)

L

S

S

S

U

S

S

S

S

Sodium Bisulfate (10%)

U

L

U

U

U

S

S

S

S

Sodium Chloride (25%)

L

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

S

Sodium Hydroxide

U

U

U

U

U

M

M

U

S

Sodium Hypochlorite

U

M

U

U

U

S

M

L

S

Sodium Nitrate (10%)

M

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

S

Sodium Phosphate (10%)

L

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

S

Sulfuric Acid (25%)

U

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

S

Sulfurus Acid (10%)

U

U

U

U

U

S

S

S

S

Tannic Acid ((10%)

L

S

U

U

U

M

M

S

S

Tetrahydrofuran

M

L

U

U

U

S

S

U

U

Toluene

S

S

L

U

S

S

S

U

U

Trichloroethylene

S

U

—

—

—

L

S

U

U

Trisodium Phosphate

L

M

—

—

—

—

—

S

S

Turpentine

S

M

M

U

L

S

S

S

U

Vegetable Oils

S

S

—

—

—

S

S

S

S

Vinegar

M

S

—

—

—

S

S

S

L

Water, Industrial

L

S

L

L

L

S

S

S

S

Water, Rain

L

S

S

L

L

S

S

S

—

Water, Sea

L

S

U

U

U

S

S

S

S

Water, Tap

L

S

S

L

L

S

S

S

S

Xylene

S

S

L

U

S

S

S

U

U

Zinc Acetate

S

S

—

—

—

S

S

—

—

Zinc Chloride

L

S

S

U

U

M

S

M

L

Zinc Sulfate

S

S

—

—

—

M

S

S

S

Sources: Robroy Industries Reagent Testing Lab, Corrosion Resistant Materials Handbook, 4th Edition, Noyes Data Corp., Raw Material Vendors

Technical
Information

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

165

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 166

Technical Information

Technical
Information

Chemical Resistance – Gaskets, Windows and Other
TABLE 4. SPECIFIC CHEMICAL RESISTANCE INFORMATION
OTHER MATERIALS USED FOR ENCLOSURE FEATURES
Rigid
PVC

Glass
Nylon

Neoprene
Rubber

Gaskets
Silicone
Rubber

Urethane

Acetyldehyde

U

—

S

S

—

—

—

Acetic Acid (10%)

L

U

U

M

L

S

S

Acetone

U

S

U

S

U

U

U

Aluminum Chloride (10%)

S

U

S

S

S

S

S

Aluminum Sulfate (10%)

S

L

U

S

S

S

S

Ammonia Gas

—

S

S

S

—

S

—

Ammonium Chloride

S

U

S

S

S

S

S

Ammonium Hydroxide (10%)

S

—

L

L

S

S

U

Ammonium Nitrate (10%)

S

U

U

S

S

S

U

Ammonium Phosphate (10%)

—

L

U

S

S

S

S

Ammonium Sulfate

S

U

S

S

—

—

—

Aniline

S

L

U

U

—

S

—

ASTM #1 Oil

—

—

M

S

S

S

M

ASTM #3 Oil

—

—

U

L

S

S

M

Axle Grease

—

—

L

S

S

S

M

Benzene

U

S

U

U

—

U

—

Boric Acid (10%)

L

S

S

S

S

S

S

Bromine

U

U

U

U

U

L

U

Butyl Acetate

U

S

U

U

—

U

—

Butyric Acid

U

U

U

—

—

—

—

Calcium Chloride (10%)

S

U

S

S

S

S

S

Calcium Hydroxide (10%)

S

—

U

S

L

S

S

Calcium Hypochlorite (10%)

S

U

U

S

U

M

S

Calcium Sulfate

S

U

S

S

S

S

S

Carbolic Acid (25%)

—

—

U

U

U

U

U

Carbon Disulfide

U

—

U

—

—

S

—

Carbon Tetrachloride

L

S

U

U

U

S

U

Chlorine (dry)

L

—

—

—

—

—

—

Chlorine (water) 5-10 ppm

L

—

L

S

S

S

S

Chlorobenzene

U

S

U

U

—

L

—

Chloroform

U

U

U

U

—

U

—

Chrome Plating Solution

—

—

U

U

U

S

S

Chromic Acid

L

U

U

M

—

U

—

Citric Acid (10%)

S

L

U

S

U

S

S

Technical
Information

CHEMICAL

Stahlin Enclosures

166

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Windows
PolyAcrylic
carbonate

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 167

Chemical Resistance – Gaskets, Windows and Other

TABLE 4. Continued
Rigid
PVC

Glass
Nylon

Neoprene
Rubber

Gaskets
Silicone
Rubber

Urethane

Copper Sulfate

S

L

S

S

—

U

—

Creosote

—

U

U

U

—

—

—

Cutting Fluid (5 Star) 10%

—

—

U

S

S

S

M

Cutting Fluid (Castrol 980 H)

—

—

L

S

S

S

L

Cutting Fluid (Norton 205)

—

—

S

S

S

S

S

Cutting Fluid (Rustlick) 10%

—

—

S

S

S

S

S

Cutting Oil (Dark)

—

—

U

S

S

S

S

Diethyl Ether

U

—

—

U

—

U

—

Ethyl Alcohol

S

—

L

S

S

U

M

Ethylene Dichloride

U

—

U

U

—

U

—

Ethylene Glycol

S

—

S

S

S

S

S

Ferric Chloride

S

U

L

S

L

S

S

Ferric Nitrate

S

U

S

M

—

—

—

Ferric Sulfate

S

U

S

M

—

—

—

Fluorine

L

—

—

U

—

—

—

Formaldehyde

L

U

U

M

—

S

—

Formic Acid

L

S

U

L

L

U

S

Fuel Oil (#2)

S

—

U

U

U

S

S

Gasoline

S

S

U

L

—

S

—

Glycerine

S

S

S

S

—

S

—

Hydraulic Brake Fluid

—

—

U

S

U

U

U

Hydraulic Oil

—

—

U

S

S

S

M

Hydrochloric Acid (10%)

S

U

L

L

U

S

S

Hydrocyanic Acid

S

—

S

M

M

—

—

Hydrofluoric Acid (20%)

L

U

U

U

—

S

M

Hydrogen Peroxide

S

U

U

M

—

S

—

Hydrogen Sulfide

S

—

U

M

—

—

—

Hypochlorus Acid

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Isopropyl Alcohol

—

—

S

S

S

S

S

Kerosene

S

—

U

U

S

S

M

Lacquer Thinner

—

S

U

S

L

U

U

Lactic Acid

S

L

L

—

—

L

—

CHEMICAL

Windows
PolyAcrylic carbonate

Technical
Information

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

167

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 168

Technical Information

Technical
Information

Chemical Resistance – Gaskets, Windows and Other

TABLE 4. Continued
Rigid
PVC

Glass
Nylon

Neoprene
Rubber

Gaskets
Silicone
Rubber

Urethane

Lime

—

—

S

M

—

—

—

Liquid Dish Soap (10%)

S

—

L

S

S

S

S

Lubricating Oils

—

—

U

U

—

S

—

Magnesium Chloride (10%)

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

Magnesium Hydroxide (10%)

S

—

S

S

S

S

S

Mercuric Chloride (10%)

L

—

U

L

U

S

S

Methyl Ethyl Ketone

U

S

S

U

—

L

—

Methylene Chloride

—

U

U

S

U

U

U

Milk

S

—

S

S

—

S

—

Mineral Oil

S

—

L

M

—

S

—

Mineral Spirits

—

—

U

U

S

S

M

Motor Oil (10 weight)

—

—

U

U

S

S

S

Nickel Salts

S

—

U

S

—

—

—

Nitric Acid (10%)

S

U

U

U

U

S

L

Nitrobenzene

U

S

U

—

—

—

—

Oleic Acid

S

U

—

U

—

—

—

Perchlorethylene

—

—

U

S

U

U

U

Phosphoric Acid (25%)

S

U

S

S

U

S

S

Phosphoric Acid (50%)

S

U

S

S

U

S

S

Pickling Solution

—

—

L

M

M

S

S

Potassium Carbonate (10%)

L

S

S

S

S

S

S

Potassium Chloride (25%)

S

L

S

S

S

S

S

Potassium Hydroxide (25%)

S

S

U

L

M

U

U

Potassium Nitrate (10%)

S

L

S

S

S

S

S

Potassium Sulfate (10%)

SL

S

S

S

S

S

S

Soap (Igepal) 10%

S

—

U

S

S

S

S

Sodium Bicarbonate (10%)

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

Sodium Bisulfate (10%)

S

L

S

S

L

S

S

Sodium Chloride (25%)

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

Sodium Hydroxide

S

S

U

U

M

S

U

Sodium Hypochlorite

S

U

U

S

U

S

S

Sodium Nitrate (10%)

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

TECHNICAL
INFORMATION

CHEMICAL

Stahlin Enclosures

168

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Windows
PolyAcrylic carbonate

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 169

Chemical Resistance – Gaskets, Windows and Other

TABLE 4. Continued
Rigid
PVC

Glass
Nylon

Neoprene
Rubber

Gaskets
Silicone
Rubber

Urethane

Sodium Phosphate (10%)

S

—

U

S

S

S

S

Sulfuric Acid (25%)

S

U

S

S

U

S

S

Sulfurus Acid (10%)

S

—

U

U

L

S

S

Tannic Acid ((10%)

S

U

U

L

U

S

S

Tetrahydrofuran

—

S

U

U

U

U

U

Toluene

U

S

U

U

U

U

U

Trichloroethylene

U

U

U

U

—

U

—

Trisodium Phosphate

S

—

—

—

—

—

—

Turpentine

—

S

U

L

U

S

S

Vegetable Oils

S

—

L

S

—

S

—

Vinegar

—

S

L

S

—

S

—

Water, Industrial

S

—

S

S

S

S

S

Water, Rain

S

—

S

S

S

S

S

Water, Sea

S

—

S

S

S

S

S

Water, Tap

S

—

S

S

S

S

S

Xylene

—

S

U

M

U

S

U

Zinc Acetate

—

—

—

U

—

—

—

Zinc Chloride

S

U

M

S

U

S

M

Zinc Sulfate

S

L

S

S

—

—

—

CHEMICAL

Windows
PolyAcrylic
carbonate

Sources: Robroy Industries Reagent Testing Lab, Corrosion Resistant Materials Handbook, 4th Edition, Noyes Data Corp., Raw Material Vendors

TECHNICAL
INFORMATION

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

169

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 170

Technical Information

Technical
Information

Non-Metallic Properties
SPECIFICATION: PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
OF NON-METALLIC MATERIALS
Table 7 provides technical data for assistance in evaluating
non-metallic enclosures and commonly used accessory
materials.

TABLE 7. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF NON-METALLIC MATERIALS
Materials Typical
Properties

Test
Polyester
Polyester
Polyester Acrylic Dispensed Foamed
Method Fiberglass Fiberglass Fiberglass Sheet for Silicone Urethane
ASTM
(SMC)
Hand Lay-up Pultrusion Windows Gaskets
Gaskets

Extruded
Silicone Neoprene
PolyGaskets Gaskets carbonate

PVC

Flexural Strength (psi)

D 790

17K

30K

45K

16K

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

15k

12.8k

Notched Izod
(ft - lb/in @ 1/8")

D 256

7-22

5-30

25

0.3-0.4

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

13

1.3

Impact Resistance (lb-in)

UL 746C

≥216

—

—

—

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

––

––

Compressive Strength (psi)

D 695

20K

35K

26K

18K

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

12k

10.8k

Tensile Strength (psi)

D 638

8K

17.5K

40K

10.5K

200

60

100

50

9.5k

7.5k

Specific Gravity

D 792

1.71

1.5-2.1

1.7

1.17-1.20

1.32

0.3

0.55

1.24

1.20

1.41

Flammability

UL 94

V-0 5V

—

V-0

94HB

—

—

—

—

H-B, V0

V0

Heat Deflection
(°F at 264 psi)

D 648

375-500

>400

<400

205

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

270

176

Service Temperature
Range (°F)

-76°F to
+274°F

-76°F to
+274°F

-40°F to
+250°F

-31°F
+180°F

-40°F to
+350°F

-40°F to
+200°F

-100°F to
+500°F

-40°F to
+225°F

-20˚ to
+240˚F

-4°F to
+140°F

K Factor, Thermal
Conductivity
(BTU/hr/ft2/°F/in)

1.68

1.68

1.68

1.3

1.3

1.0

1.3

1.45

1.3

0.90

380

380

200

500

400

330

400

400

390

544

Dielectric Strength (VPM)

D 149

Arc Resistance (sec)

D 570

200+

200+

80

No Track

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

117

––

Water Absorption
(% in 24 hr)

D 570

0.10-0.25

0.05-0.5

0.05-0.5

<0.4

0.12-0.15

<2

5

—

0.12

<0.07

Hardness (BarcolRockwell M-Shore A)

50-70
Barcol

60-80
Barcol

50
Barcol

105
Rockwell

18 Shore

8 Shore

—

15-95
Shore

M70/R118

R115

Shrinkage in/in Minimum

.005

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.006

––

Elongation (%)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

850

100

400

100-800

N/A

50-150

Compression Set 24 hr
@ 50%, 72°F

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

<5%

<2%

<5%

15-60

N/A

––

-- no test data available
K = 1000
N/A not applicable

Technical
Information

Stahlin offers no guarantee or warranty as to the applicability of this chart on a particular situation as the actual conditions of
use on our enclosures are beyond our control.

Stahlin Enclosures

170

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 171

Non-Metallic Properties

Enclosure Weight Load Capacity

Drilling, Sawing, Cutting and Punching

Large control enclosures 20" x 16" and above can support
200 lbs. of equipment on the back panel. Smaller-junction
enclosures 18" x 16" and below should be limited to 75 lbs.
Listed values assume the enclosure is vertically mounted
against a reasonably flat surface and are based on a
minimum safety factor of two.

Installers find fiberglass easy to cut or drill. Ordinary drills,
hacksaws, hole saws and punches cut through fiberglass
with little effort. In large installations requiring many holes,
glass abrasion may cause tools to become dull over time.
Carbide tip tools work best for such applications.
Impact Resistance

Sunlight (UV) Resistance

Stahlin fiberglass enclosures are quite resistant to damage
caused by falling tools or flying debris. When tested in
accordance with UL Standard 746C, Section 24, these
fiberglass enclosures withstood an impact in excess of 216
pound-inches. The test was performed by dropping a 2"
diameter solid steel ball on various areas of the enclosure
from a height of 15 ft. The impact force from such a test is
comparable to dropping a large wrench from 3 or 4 ft. The
durability results from randomly oriented glass reinforcing
fibers incorporated in all designs.

In time sunlight may roughen the fiberglass enclosure
surface, but its electrical and mechanical properties
remain unaffected. Surface roughening caused by UV
exposure is a common phenomenon encountered with
virtually all fiberglass products, but it only affects surface
appearance. Tests have confirmed the effect on polyester
fiberglass is only 40 to 80 microns (0.0015"-.003") in depth.
If appearance is a concern, an outdoor acrylic paint (clear or
pigmented) will provide protection for many years. Most
acrylic paints in ordinary spray cans work well.

STAHLIN FIBERGLASS ENCLOSURE
IMPACT TEST

Stahlin fiberglass enclosures are molded using a patented
material formulation (SolarGuard®) which can provide up to
60% more UV resistance.
Flammability Test Methods
UL94-HB
Test is run with bars 1/2 of an inch wide and five inches
long. These are held horizontally and exposed to a flame
3/4 of an inch high. Ignition is forced until one inch of
sample has burned, the flame removed and the burning rate
is measured. To pass UL94-HB a sample over 1/8 of an
inch thick must burn slower than 1-1/2 inches per minute,
and a sample 1/8 of an inch thick or less must not burn
faster than 3 inches per minute.
UL94-V0
Test is run with bars 1/2 of an inch wide and five inches
long, held vertically with a flame size of 3/4 of an inch high.
Each sample is ignited for ten seconds, the flame allowed to
go out and ignited for a second time of ten seconds. To pass
UL94-V0 the flame must be out in ten seconds or less, no
glow beyond thirty seconds and no burning material can fall.

Integrity of the enclosure was not compromised

UL94-5V

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

Technical
Information

This is a newer and tougher version of UL94 V test. The
sample size remains the same, but the flame size increases
to five inches from 3/4 of an inch and number of ignitions
increases from two to five, but the duration is decreased
from ten to five seconds. To pass UL94-5VA the flame must
be out in sixty seconds or less, no burning material can fall
and the flame cannot penetrate through the test sample.

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

171

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 172

Technical Information

Technical
Information

Enclosure Security
Safety

Hinges & Latches

Enclosures may contain the controls or elements of a control
system which are crucial to the safety of many people.
Control enclosures in large chemical plants, electrical
generating facilities, airports, mass transit systems or
hospitals can house equipment critical to the well being of
numerous individuals. In these and many other applications,
rigorous security requirements are designed to protect the
public and prevent unauthorized or accidental operation of
control equipment.

Access frequency – daily or annually can be an important
factor in specifying the type of latches. Will the location or
any specifications require a tool for opening, will it require a
padlock are other considerations for latches. In many cases
when the enclosure is selected the hinge type is
automatically selected because the hinge is an integral part
of the enclosure. For some enclosures it is possible to select
the hinge or hinge less options available.

Monetary Loss
Location

In some applications the monetary value of the equipment in
an enclosure may be sufficient to justify additional security
costs. In most applications, the economic consequences of
unauthorized or accidental operation of a control system will
be more significant than the value of the equipment.

If the enclosure will be installed in a fenced area, within a
building or in other secure areas, the security requirements
will be affected. The selection of latches and hinges can be
influenced by the location of adjacent equipment or other
enclosures.

Myth: It is much easier for vandals to get into a non-metallic
enclosure vs. a metal enclosure.

Appearance
Enclosure appearance can be influenced by both hinges and
latches. Some enclosures are designed with hidden hinges
and quarter turn latches to make these features less
prominent.

Technical
Information

Truth: An individual can simply break the lock, NOT the box,
no matter the material. Various hinge and latch combinations
are available to secure the contents of an enclosure.
Although the security requirements will be unique for each
application, the selection process should include at least the
following considerations.

Stahlin Enclosures

172

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 173

Enclosure Temperature Control

Overview

Enclosure Temperature Rise (⌬T)

Electrical and electronic components are continually being
reduced in size allowing designers to place more equipment
in a smaller space. This concentration of equipment
generates higher internal temperatures and makes heat
dissipation very important. Overheating causes electrical
insulation to deteriorate and shortens the life of electrical
and electronic components. As a rule of thumb, for every
18°F (10°C) above room temperature (72°F or 22°C) an
electronic device operates, its life expectancy is reduced by 50%

Enclosure temperature rise is the temperature difference
between the air inside a non-ventilated or cooled enclosure
and the ambient air outside the enclosure. The enclosure
temperature rise is independent of the ambient temperature;
it is dependent on the heat generated within the enclosure
and the actions taken to dissipate that heat. To establish the
maximum service temperature, the temperature rise value
from the graph in Figure 1, must be added to the maximum
ambient temperature surrounding the enclosure.
Example:
Max ambient T = 130°F
Internal Heat Load = 15 watts/sqft or 50°F estimated
from Figure 1
Calculated Maximum Service Temperature =
(130°F + 50°F) = 180°F

Enclosure Materials
The following information applies to gasketed and
unventilated enclosures. Exterior surface finishes
significantly influence temperature rise. Fiberglass and
painted steel enclosures dissipate heat better than
unfinished aluminum or stainless steel enclosures because
the fiberglass and painted steel surfaces are more efficient
thermal radiators than the unfinished surfaces. In outdoor
applications light colored enclosures such as white have a
high reflectance which minimizes solar heat gain compared
to dark colored enclosures.

Figure 1. Internal Temperature Rise vs. Heat Load

Enclosure Surface Area
The total surface area of the enclosure directly influences
heat dissipation. The larger the total surface area the lower
the temperature rise will be.
To calculate the total internal surface area in sqft use the
following equation:
Surface Area = 2[(AxB)+(A*C)+(BxC)] / 144 where the
specific enclosure inside dimensions are A x B x C.
This equation uses all six (6) sides of an enclosure. If any
particular side is not available for transferring heat (example
the back is mounted against a cement wall) that surface
area should be subtracted from the total surface area
available.
Also note, enclosure volume cannot be substituted for
enclosure area.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

Technical
Information

The temperature graph was developed through empirical
testing using several enclosures of various sizes. The
temperatures represent an average of one temperature
measurement near the bottom of the enclosure and a second
measurement near the top. Electric heaters mounted
equidistant from the internal surfaces of the enclosure were
used as the heat source. Because hot air rises, a significant
temperature gradient occurred from top to bottom. Typical of
an actual installation, the top was much hotter than the bottom.

Enclosure Heat Input
The heat generated in an enclosure varies and depends on
the equipment mounted in the enclosure and the
application. In order to calculate Temperature Rise, this
heat input or power input must be known. This information
can be obtained from the component manufacturers of
components to be installed in the the enclosure.

www.stahlin.com

173

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 174

Technical Information

Technical
Information

Enclosure Temperature Control
Table 1. Approximate Enclosure Internal
Surface Areas for Popular Enclosure Sizes

Cat. No.
N16107
N20166
N20168
N201610
N201612
N201616
N24126
N241210
N242410
N30208
N302010
N302012
N302014

Internal
Area Sq. Ft.
5.37
7.98
8.98
9.97
10.98
12.82
8.04
10.09
15.72
14.78
16.17
17.56
18.95

Fiberglass Enclosures
Internal
Cat. No. Area Sq. Ft.
N30247
17.08
N302410
19.53
N302412
20.95
N302414
22.50
N302416
24.06
N36308
24.82
N363012
28.60
N363016
32.41
N483612
39.87
N483616
44.57
J606
1.16
J806
1.45
J1008
2.01
J1210
3.09

Cat. No.
J1407
J1412
J1614
J1816
J2016
CL707
CL907
CL1109
CL1311
CL1513
C2016
C2412
C2424
C3024
C3630

Internal
Area Sq. Ft.
3.27
4.24
5.36
7.77
9.39
1.51
1.81
2.82
3.89
5.11
8.98
10.09
15.72
19.53
26.71

Influences of Heat Transfer
Thermal conductivity is commonly measured in
BTU/hr/ft2/°F/in, the K Value. K units represent the quantity
of heat, which can pass through one square foot of
material in one hour for every °F in temperature difference
across one inch of material thickness. Larger K values
indicate better heat conductivity. The K value for fiberglass
is 1.68; the K value for steel is 334; and the K value for
aluminum is 1050.

Technical
Information

Convection and thermal radiation are used most often to
dissipate heat from enclosures. Because fiberglass is used
as a thermal insulator, a common misconception exists that
fiberglass enclosures operate at significantly higher
temperatures than metal enclosures. To the contrary,
performance data reflect that enclosure material has little
influence on the operating temperature and confirm that
non-metallic and painted metallic enclosure function at
nearly the same temperature with the same internal heat
load. Based on these observations material thermal
conductivity is not a major factor in determining heat transfer
for an enclosure.

The heat transfer factor (Q) is measured in BTU/hr/ft2/°F or
watts/ft2/°F. For the analysis in this section the Q value used
for steel enclosures is 1.25 BTU/hr/ ft2/°F (0.37 watts/ft2/°F);
for fiberglass enclosures the Q value is 0.62 BTU/hr/ft2/°F
(0.2 watts/ft2/°F). The Q value for sheet metal enclosures
will vary between 1 BTU/hr/ft2/°F (0.29 watts/ft2/°F) and 5
BTU/hr/ft2/°F (1.46 watts/ft2/°F), depending on the amount of
enclosure insulation.

Even though the thermal conductivity of the composite
plastic is much less than aluminum or steel, the heat
transfer characteristic of fiberglass and metal enclosures are
similar. Other factors such as the high thermal insulation of
air contained within the enclosure along with the finish, color
and total surface area of the enclosure have more influence
on heat transfer than thermal conductivity. In general the
finish and color of an enclosure most affect the heat transfer
capability, In-door and in out-door applications.

Stahlin Enclosures

174

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 175

Enclosure Temperature Control

Air as an Insulator

Calculating Temperature Rise

If metals have much better thermal conductivity, why does
equipment in a fiberglass enclosure operate at nearly the
same temperature as in metal enclosures? The air confined
within the enclosure has a K value of 0.017, almost 100 times
less than fiberglass. The thermal resistance of the air and
the enclosure wall material are in series and must be added.
Because air is a superior thermal insulator compared to
either fiberglass or steel, it is a predominant factor in
establishing heat dissipation. This helps explain why
equipment operates at the same temperature regardless of
which enclosure material is used and also why environmental
control systems heat or cool the air to control the internal
temperature.

Enclosure temperature rise can be approximated using the
following steps and calclulations:
1. Calculate the internal surface area
a. (some common enclosure sizes and areas are already
calculated and can be found in Table 1.
b. Using the Enclosure Surface Area formula on page 173
2. Determine the Input Power by dividing the expected heat
load by the internal surface area
3. Then using Figure 1, estimate the temperature rise by
finding where the Internal Heat Load value intersects the
line and reading the approximate temperature rise on the
left vertical axis of the graph.
Note these are approximations, safety factors should be
considered to minimize uncertainties.

Surface Area as a Factor
Example
A J1816 enclosure contains a device that generates 120
watts, calculate the internal temperature rise.

Another factor, which directly influences heat dissipation, is
surface area. If the enclosure surface area is doubled with a
given internal heating load, the temperature rise will only be
half as great. It is important to remember that surface area is
not necessarily related to enclosure volume, i.e., an
enclosure having twice the surface area does not always
have twice the volume.

Solution
1. Surface Area = 7.77sqft from Table 1 (alternate method for
any size use calculation on page 357 for Internal Surface
Area)
2. Internal Heat Load = 120 watts / 7.77 sqft = 15.44
Watts/sqft
3. Using Figure 1, Input Power of 15.44 intersects the
diagonal line corresponds to a temperature rise of 51`F
above ambient.

Other Related Issues
Certain applications may require the walls of an enclosure to
act as a heat sink. For example, it is not uncommon to locate
a high power semiconductor on the wall of a metal enclosure
to dissipate heat. Fiberglass will not perform this function
efficiently because the compression-molded walls have
negligible thermal conductivity. In this application conduction
is used to dissipate the heat and a fiberglass enclosure will
not function the same as a metal enclosure.

Technical
Information

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

175

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 176

Technical Information

Technical
Information

Enclosure Temperature Control
Additional Cooling Methods

Solution
To determine the cubic feet per minute (CFM) required in a
standard application, use the following equation (if the air
density is significantly more that 0.075 lb. per cubic foot, a
non-standard application exists and this equation should not
be used):

When it has been determined that the heat load is too large
for an enclosure to dissipate by radiation and convection,
the following supplemental cooling methods are available:
Breather Vents and Louver Vents
Breather Vents and Louver Vents are designed to remove
heat from the enclosure by allowing natural air circulation
around the heat source and ex-hausting the hot air through
slots or louvers. This method is relatively inexpensive and
has no operating cost; however, it can only be used to
dissipate a limited amount of heat and it is difficult to predict
the temperature drop produced by a vent utilizing natural
convection.

Fan Flow Rate (CFM) = 3.17 x 300 watts/10°F
Fan Flow Rate (CFM) = 95 CFM
This calculation is exact, but adding an additional 25%
capacity to the CFM level is standard to provide a safety
factor.
1.25 x Fan Flow Rate (CFM) = 1.25 x 95 CFM = 119 CFM

Circulating Fans
If the air density is non-standard (significantly more than
1.075 lb. per cubic foot), the following equation can be used
to calculate the fan capacity:

In larger sealed enclosures a fan can be used to circulate
the air and reduce localized heat concentrations; however,
the applications are limited because a closed system fan
only redistributes heat, it does not dissipate the heat
generated by the hot spot.

Fan Flow Rate (CFM) x 0.075 lb. per cubic foot /
Non-standard Air Density (lb. per cubic foot)

Where an enclosure does not need to be sealed from the
outside environment, fans can be used to circulate air
through an enclosure and dissipate the heat generated by
power supplies, transformers and other heat producing
equipment. Fans can provide as much as 10 times the heat
transfer rate of natural convection a radiation. Once the
heat input in watts/ft2 is determined and temperature rise is
established from Figure 1, the following equation can be
used to calculate the fan flow rate:

Fans can be used to draw air through an enclosure insert,
exhaust hot air from an enclosure or to draw cool air into an
enclosure. An inlet fan offers the following advantages:
• Raises the internal pressure, which helps keep dust and
dirt out of an unsealed or frequently open enclosure.
• More turbulent airflow improves heat transfer.
• Longer fan life with cooler incoming air.

Technical
Information

Fan Flow Rate (CFM) = 3.17 x Internal Heat Load
(watts)/Temperature Rise
Example
Equipment in an N363012 enclosure generates sufficient
heat to require a fan, which will dissipate 300 watts. The
maximum ambient temperature in the application
environment is 115°F. If the temperature of the other
contents in the enclosure cannot exceed 125°F, what size is
required?
The allowable temperature rise is 125°F - 115°F = 10°F.
The application requires dissipation of 300 watts.

Stahlin Enclosures

176

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 177

Enclosure Temperature Control

The following considerations are important in locating a fan:
• Avoid placing transformers, power supplies or other heat
generating devices in front of the fan. Although this cools
the device, it increases the heat load on other devices
within the enclosure. It is best to place these devices near
the exhaust outlet.
• To achieve maximum cooling, the inlet and outlet should be
separated by the maximum distance. If the outlet and inlet
are adjacent to each other, the hot outlet air will be drawn
into the inlet and cooling efficiency will be reduced. In
general the inlet should be at the bottom of the enclosure
and the outlet at the top.
• Fans should not be used or located in areas where the
airflow is restricted. A plenum is recommended to
accelerate air velocity and improve fan performance. A
plenum is particularly helpful when a filter is used where
airborne contaminants are a problem.
• The air outlet area should at least equal the inlet area. For
best results the exhaust opening should be 1.5 times the
area of the fan opening.
• Air is less dense at high altitudes. For this reason airflow
should be increased in high altitude applications.
• All fans used in parallel should be identical.

Example
If the internal heat load is 1000 watts in an N603616
Fiberglass enclosure, what is the minimum cooling capacity
for the heat exchanger unit? The Maximum ambient
temperature is 130°F and the internal equipment will
malfunction if the internal enclosure temperature exceeds
105°F.
Solution
Internal Heat Load = 1000 watts
Maximum Temperature Differential = Ti - To =105°F130°F = -25°F = [25°F ], use Absolute Value.
Enclosure Surface Area = 53.49 ft2
Heat Exchanger Capacity =
1000 watts/(25°F) - 0.22 x 53.49 ft2 = 28.23 watts/°F
In this example the surface area acts to cool the enclosure
and is subtracted, the Absolute Temperature Value is used
because this is a temperature difference.

Air Conditioning-Cooling
Air conditioning will be required in high ambient temperature
locations where precise temperature control and humidity
reductions are required in a sealed enclosure. Air conditioning
can also be required where neither convection, thermal
radiation, louvers, slots nor a circulating fan system provide
adequate cooling. Because air conditioners remove moisture
from the enclosure, a condensate drain is generally required.

Heat Exchangers - Cooling
Heat exchangers are a good option when precise control of
heat and humidity are not required and the heat transfer
requirements are significant. The required heat exchanger
capacity can be calculated using the formula,
Heat Exchanger
Internal Heat Load/⌬T + 0.22 x
=
Capacity (watts/°F)
Enclosure Surface Area,
Where ⌬T = Temperature Rise.

The four-step process to size and select the air conditioner is
influenced by the internal heat load, enclosure size and the
application environment. The following information is
required:

Step 1. Determine the Internal Heat Load
Heat generated by all sources within the enclosure shall be
added together to establish the internal heat load in watts.
The heat load in watts may be multiplied by 3.413 to convert
to BTU/hr.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

Technical
Information

Internal Heat Load =________________ watts X 3.413
=_______________ BTU/hr.

www.stahlin.com

177

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 178

Technical Information

Technical
Information

Enclosure Temperature Control

Step 2: From Table 1, Total Surface Area = 8.98 ft°

Step 2. Calculate the Surface Area of the Enclosure
For an enclosure size not shown in Table 1, the surface area
can be calculated by using this formula.

Step 3: Temperature Difference:
T = To - Ti = 125°F - 110°F = 15°F

SURFACE AREA = [2(AxB)+2(AxC)+2(BxC)]/144 IN2 =
AREA IN SQUARE FEET

Step 4: Air Conditioner Capacity
8.98 ft2 x 15°F x 0.62 BTU/hr/fr2/°F + 1707 BTU/hr
= 1790.5 BTU/hr

If the enclosure is mounted on a wall or against another
enclosure, the surface area calculation may be modified as
identified in
Table 2.

8.98 ft2 x 15°F x 0.2 watts/ft2 +500 watts
= 526.9 watts

Step 3. Establish the Temperature Differential

Air Conditioning - Heating

The temperature differential (⌬T) is calculated by
subtracting the maximum allowable temperature inside the
enclosure (Ti) from the maximum ambient temperature
outside the enclosure (To).

Some enclosure systems have minimum as well as
maximum operating temperature limitations. When the
equipment in an enclosure must be maintained above a
minimum temperature at low ambience, these same
equations can be modified and used to calculate the
supplemental heat required to select and size the heaters.
The only differences are that the internal heat load will help
heat the enclosure and the temperature difference, ⌬T, is
calculated by subtracting the minimum ambient temperature
(To) outside the enclosure from the required temperature (Ti)
inside the enclosure. The minimum supplementary heat can
be calculated according to one of the following equations:

To - Ti = ⌬T = _______°F

Step 4. Calculating the Required
Air Conditioning Capacity
The values determined in the first three steps are used to
calculate the required capacity of the air conditioner
according to the following formula,

⌬T = To - Ti
Cooling Capacity (BTU/hr) = Surface Area x ⌬T x Q +
Internal Heat Load, where Q = 0.62 BTU/hr/ft2/°F
(0.2 watts/hr/ft2/°F) for fiberglass enclosures.

Supplementary Heat = [Surface Area x ( ⌬T - 1)] /4.1
or = Surface Area x ⌬T x Q
where Q = 0.2 watts/ft2 °F

Technical
Information

Example
If the internal heat load is 500 watts in an N20168
fiberglass enclosure, which is wall mounted, what is the
cooling capacity required for the air conditioning unit? The
maximum ambient temperature is 125°F and the internal
equipment will malfunction if the internal enclosure
temperature exceeds 110°F.
Step 1: Internal Heat Load = 500 watts = 3.413 x 500 watts
= 1707 BTU/hr

Stahlin Enclosures

178

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 179

Enclosure Temperature Control

Example
If the internal heat load in 100 watts in an N20168 Fiberglass
enclosure, which is wall mounted, what is the minimum
heating capacity for the heating elements? The minimum
ambient temperature is 0°F and the internal equipment will
malfunction if the internal enclosure temperature drops below
40°F.

Two Commonly used, but different, equations shown above
have been used to show the effect of using different heat
transfer values.
In addition to heating, supplementary heaters are often used
in enclosures to keep the internal enclosure ambient
temperature a few degrees above the ambient temperature to
prevent condensation on internal equipment.

⌬T = To - Ti = 40°F -0°F = 40°F
Supplementary
Heat = [8.98 ft2 x (40°F -1)] /4.1 = 85.4 watts
- or 2
8.98 ft x 40°F x 0.2 watts/ft2 °F = 71.84 watts

TABLE 2. CALCULATION OF ENCLOSURE SURFACE AREA DEPENDING ON LOCATION
Formula for Surface Area

Surface Area of N20168

Single Enclosure, Free Standing

Enclosure Configuration

Position
■

[2(AxB) + 2(AxC) + 2(BxC)]/144

8.98 ft2

Single Enclosure, Free Standing*

■

[1.8(AxB) + 1.8(AxC) + 1.4(BxC)]/144

7.66 ft2

[1.4(BxA) + 1.4(BxC) + 1.8(CxA)]/144

6.78 ft2

[1.4(CxA) + 1.4(BxC) + 1.8(BxA)]/144

7.16 ft2

[1.4(AxB) + 1.4(AxC) + 1.4(BxC)]/144

6.28 ft2

[1.8(AxB) + 1.4(BxC) + (AxC)]/144

6.65 ft2

[1.4(AxB) + 1.4(BxC) + (AxC)]/144

5.77 ft2

[1.4(BxA) + 0.7(BxC) + (CxA)]/144

5.05 ft2

Single Enclosure, Against a Wall
■
Side by Side Enclosures; First or
Last Enclosure in Bank of Enclosures
Side by Side Enclosures; First or
Last Enclosure in Bank of Enclosures
Against Wall
Side by Side Enclosures Not at
the End of Enclosure Bank
Side by Side Enclosures within
an Enclosure Bank, Bank Against a Wall
Side by Side Enclosures within an
Enclosure Bank, Bank Against a Wall
& Roof Above

■■■

■■■
■■■

■■■
■■■■

*Depending on the enclosure design, the complete surface area may not be exposed for cooling.
This formula and the remaining ones are conservative and account for such differences.

Technical
Information

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

179

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 180

Technical Information

Technical
Information

Enclosure EMI/RFI Shielding
The requirements and standards for enclosure electromagnetic
compatibility are continually increasing with the proliferation of
electronics for industrial process control, information processing,
and communication equipment. In the United States the Federal
Communications Commission establishes the requirements and
regulates the amount of electromagnetic interference, (EMI).
Since January 1, 1996 the European Union (EU) has enforced
legislation, Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive
89/336/EEC, which regulates the amount of EMI and Radio
Frequency Interference (RFI) that products can emit or must repel
to function acceptably.
While the enclosure itself is not covered by these requirements,
once the electronic equipment is installed within the enclosure,
the package must comply with applicable EMI/RFI directives.
Shielding and electromagnetic compatibility are highly specialized
with their own terminology. The following definitions will help to
specify EMI/RFI compatibility and select enclosures if the
acronyms and technology are unfamiliar:
Attenuation A measure of the ability to contain or repel EMI/RFI
energy. It can also be called shielding effectiveness and is usually
expressed in decibels (dB).
Decibel (dB) Unit to express the effectiveness of a material or
system in reducing electromagnetic interference. If a shielded
enclosure reduces the EMI by 30 dB, the power of the interfering
wave will be reduced by a factor of 1000 in passing through the
enclosure. If the EMI reduction is 40 dB, the power is reduced by
a factor of 10,000. The equation for calculating attenuation in
decibels is dB = 10 log10 (P1/P2) where P1 = power of the
interference wave before it passes through the enclosure, P2 =
power of the wave after it has been reduced (attenuated) by the
enclosure.

Technical
Information

Electromagnetic Immunity The capability of an electronic
component or electrical equipment to perform its intended
function in the presence of external electromagnetic fields.
EMI (ElectroMagnetic Interference) Randomly radiated electrical
energy which can emanate from high voltage equipment or power
lines, welding equipment, switches, relays, spark plugs, or any
device that generates an electric spark or corona. The random
voltages or currents generated by these sources are coupled to
electronic systems with undesirable results. EMI waves are not
well ordered, vary widely in intensity, and cause interference over
a wide frequency range. The sun is a natural generator of EMI.

180

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Ohms per Square A measurement unit for electrical continuity
of the metal coating applied internally to fiberglass enclosures for
EMI/RFI shielding. Although the coating thickness influences
shielding to some extent, the electrical continuity is much more
important. The conductive coating on Stahlin Enclosures typically
measures less than 2 ohms per square. The surface resistance
(or conductivity) measurement is without units because the
surface area does not influence the reading, i.e., measurements
taken on a large sheet of conductive material will yield the same
result over 1sq in, 1 sq. ft, 1 sq. yd., or 1 sq. meter.
RFI (Radio Frequency Interference) Interference caused by radio
waves which emanate from commercial radio and television
stations, amateur radio broadcasts, radar, microwave ovens, etc.
Radio waves are usually well defined in terms of amplitude and
frequency.

Depending on the enclosure design and frequency of the
EMI/RFI, the attenuation of a standard Stahlin non-metallic
enclosure without modification will vary between 0 and 20 dB.

Electromagnetic Field Invisible fields which surround energized
conductors such as wires and antennas. A field has both electric
and magnetic components.

•

EMP (ElectroMagnetic Pulse) Interference caused by a large and
sudden electrical discharge such as lightning. EMP is short in
duration but can radiate intense power. Like EMI, EMP is not well
ordered and causes interference over a wide range of
frequencies.

Military specification, MIL-STD-285, is used to test the shielding
effectiveness of Stahlin Enclosures. The procedure involves
placing a transmitting antenna within the enclosure and a
receiving antenna outside the enclosure. Measurements are then
made alternately with the enclosure door/cover open and closed.
The difference between the open and closed measurements
expressed in dB is the shielding effectiveness. Measurements
are usually made at 10 frequency points ranging from 0.01 to
1000 MHz.

Electromagnetic Emission Electrical energy radiated into the
environment intentionally by an antenna or incidentally by an
electronic component or power equipment during a switching
operation.

Stahlin Enclosures

EMC (ElectroMagnetic Compatibility) The ability of electronic
equipment to perform its intended function in the presence of EMI
and RFI disturbances without affecting proper operation.

Fiberglass enclosures interior surfaces can be coated with a
highly conductive nickel coating that provides excellent EMI/RFI
shielding. The coating has been tested by an independent test
laboratory and provides an average attenuation of 60 dB over the
frequency range from 0.01 to 10000 MHz.
The fiberglass coating description and properties are provided in
the following table:

COATING DESCRIPTION AND PROPERTIES
Shielding Material
Binder
Pencil Hardness
Sheet Resistance
Attenuation

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Nickel
Acrylic
>9H
< 2.5 Ohm/Square
60 - 65 dB

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 181

Enclosure Installation Considerations

What is Torque?
Torque is the tendency of a force to
rotate an object about an axis. Just
as a force is a push or pull, a torque
can be thought of as a twist.
Loosely speaking, torque is a
measure of the turning force on an
object such as a bolt. The unit of
measure is generally expressed in
foot pounds or inch pounds
The formula for torque is:
␶=rxF
where:
␶ is the torque
r = the length of the lever arm
F = the force
Properly fastened threaded
products achieve their holding
power from the tension (or torque)
that is derived from the mating of
the external and internal threads
subject to the elastic limit of the
material.
What torque to apply is a generally
asked question, but the answer
depends on the variables of
material, threads' class of fit,
method of thread manufacture, and
thread lubrication - if any.
Table 3 is offered as the suggested
maximum torque values for
threaded products. The table is only
a guide. Actual tests were
conducted on dry, or near dry,
products. Mating parts were wiped
clean.

Bolt
Size
2-56
2-64
3-48
3-56
4-40
4-48
5-40
5-44
6-32
6-40
8-32
8-36
10-24
10-32
1/4"-20
1/4"-28
5/16"-18
5/16"-24
3/8"-16
3/8"-24
7/16"-14
7/16"-20
1/2"-13
1/2"-20
9/16"-12
9/16"-18
5/8"-11
5/8"-18
3/4"-10
3/4"-16
7/8"-9
7/8"-14
1"-8
1"-14

Table 3 – Strength Characteristics
Brass
Silicon Aluminum
316
Bronze 2024-T4
SS

Monel

Nylon*

In. Lbs.

In. Lbs.

In. Lbs.

In. Lbs.

In. Lbs.

In. Lbs.

In. Lbs.

2.5
3.0
3.9
4.4
5.2
6.6
7.7
9.4
9.6
12.1
19.8
22.0
22.8
31.7
75.2
94.0
132
142
236
259
376
400
517
541
682
752
1110
1244
1530
1490
2328
2318
3440
3110

2.0
2.5
3.2
3.6
4.3
5.4
6.3
7.7
7.9
9.9
16.2
18.0
18.6
25.9
61.5
77.0
107
116
192
212
317
327
422
443
558
615
907
1016
1249
1220
1905
1895
2815
2545

2.3
8.0
3.6
4.1
4.8
6.1
7.1
8.7
8.9
11.2
18.4
20.4
21.2
29.3
68.8
87.0
123
131
219
240
349
371
480
502
632
397
1030
1154
1416
1382
2140
2130
3185
2885

1.4
1.7
2.1
2.4
2.9
3.6
4.2
5.1
5.3
6.6
10.8
12.0
13.8
19.2
45.6
57.0
80
86
143
157
228
242
313
328
413
456
715
798
980
958
1495
1490
2205
1995

2.6
3.2
4.0
4.6
5.5
6.9
8.1
9.8
10.1
12.7
20.7
23.0
23.8
33.1
78.8
99.0
138
147
247
271
393
418
542
565
713
787
1160
1301
1582
1558
2430
2420
3595
3250

2.5
3.1
4.0
4.5
5.3
6.7
7.8
9.6
9.8
12.3
20.2
22.4
25.9
34.9
85.3
106.0
149
160
266
294
427
451
584
613
774
855
1330
1482
1832
1790
2775
2755
4130
3730

.44

18-8
SS

Ft. -Lbs.

Ft. -Lbs.

Ft. -Lbs.

Ft. -Lbs.

Ft. -Lbs.

Ft. -Lbs.

1-1/8"-7

413

337

383

265

432

499

1-1/8"-12

390

318

361

251

408

470
627

523

428

485

336

546

480

394

447

308

504

575

1-1/2"-6
1-1/2"-12

888
703

727
575

822
651

570
450

930
732

1064
840

2.14
4.3
6.61
8.2
16.0
20.8
34.9

*Nylon figures are breading torque, all others represent safe working torque.
The 3/8" diameter and under metal products were roll-threaded and, where size range permitted, were made on
automatic bolt making equipment.
Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

181

Technical
Information

1-1/4"-7
1-1/4"-12

1.19

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 182

Technical Information

Technical
Information

Enclosure Installation Considerations - Torque Cont. • Cutting & Drilling
Torque Formula Illustrations

......

...

......

F

..
.. . . . . .

...

..... ...

␶=rxF

r

......

......

..
.. . . . . .

.
..
Methods For Making Holes And Cutouts
In Non-Metallic Enclosures
...

Drilling of composite fiberglass material has been difficult and, for some, a mystery. The ability to accurately drill holes in
composite fiberglass material has been the subject matter of numerous articles and how to demonstrations. There are several
types of machining operations that can be performed on composites such as turning, drilling, routing, trimming, sanding, and
milling. Most of these operations are similar to metal removal techniques but there are some differences that need to be
addressed in order to make clean, high quality holes and cutouts in composites.

..... ...

Delaminating of the outer surface and glass fibers directly below the surface are the main failure modes noticed when holes or
cutouts are drilled or cutout improperly. Most times excessive edge chipping around the perimeter of the cutout or hole is due to
improper tools used and methods applied. Other times excessive fiber pulls or attached fibers not sheared off during the cutting
or turning process can also cause delamination failure from the tearing action during material removal. Improper tools used
and/or methods are also a culprit of this failure mode. All these can lead to downstream assembly problems, functionality
problems, and become aesthetically unappealing if taken to the extreme.

Technical
Information

The most common source of failure mode
when making holes in an enclosure is a
dull cutting tool. Dull tools tend to rip or
tear the material rather than cutting or
shearing the material and glass fibers.
The main culprit for tools becoming dull is
glass fibers embedded in the material.
These glass fibers are very abrasive and
can cause a tool to become dull very
quickly. A little planning and understanding
of the proper methods to machining
composites up front can make all the
difference in the final outcome of the
operation.
Figure A shows delamination of the
surface of the part at the drill entrance.
Figure B shows similar delamination just prior to drill exit.
(Continued on the following pages)

Stahlin Enclosures

182

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 183

Cutting & Drilling Continued

1. Hole Saw. The easiest and least complex method
to provide an opening in a composite enclosure is to
use a fine-toothed hole saw. You must first layout the
size and location of the cutout, pre-drill a small hole in
the center within the cutout area for the hole saw to
start, and then carefully cut out the area to be
removed. This is more time consuming and the least
accurate method but can be accomplished in almost
any environment. Keeping the saw perpendicular to
the cutting surface, maintaining a consistent sawing
action, and using a diamond/carbide impregnated saw
or fine toothed saw will provide the highest quality cutout with minimal edge chipping.
2. Drilling, Boring. Putting round holes in
enclosure walls or thru the enclosure door is the
most common type of cutout. A recommended tool
would be a carbide tipped or PCD diamond tipped
hole saw or twist drill bit that will maintain a sharp
cutting edge. HSS tools will also work but they will
become dull very quickly resulting in excessive edge
chipping and a poor looking hole. We also
recommend using high RPM's and low feed rates
when using drills. This reduces the chipping around
the cutout. The single most important factor though
is keeping a very sharp tool.
Using a drill with a positive rake angle and thin points or split points can help reduce cutting pressure and thus delamination at both entrance
and exit. Feed rates must also be constant and may even be reduced upon exiting from a hole to reduce flexing of the part when the drill exits.
Using a solid back surface to support the part when drilling can also aid in reducing delamination and chipping.
3. Routing. A third method is to use a router bit and router. This method
produces very clean holes and cutouts but also requires the holes and cutouts
to be manually laid out beforehand and a steady hand to stay within the layout
lines. The use of a jig or fixture to help guide the handheld router or the use of
CNC machining centers is helpful to keep straight edges and clean cutouts.
The use of diamond impregnated router bits is preferred for longevity but
carbide bits will work just as well.

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

Technical
Information

4. Punching. A fourth method is to use a standard hole
punch similar to what you would use with metal boxes. This
produces a good clean hole but can leave chipped edges if the
punch is dull. Again maintaining sharp tools is essential to
producing clean cutouts. A pilot hole is required before using a
standard hole punch. Manual or hydraulic punch actuators can
both be used with composite materials.

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

183

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 184

Technical
Information

A non-haloginated fiberglass system that beats
the effects of outdoor exposure plus provides the
chemical and flame resistance you’ve come to expect
from Stahlin Fiberglass Enclosures!
SolarGuard™, in extensive comparison
testing, outperformed other available SMC
formulations by as much as 60% in its ability to
retain gloss and color after exposure to
concentrated UV light.

How Does SolarGuard™ Do What It Does?
SolarGuard’s™ patented double-protection formula
was developed in Stahlin’s FormRight lab.
Due to its chemical composition and other additives,
SolarGuard™ is able to reduce the effects of UV
degredation such as surface roughening and fiber
blooming.

How does SolarGuard™ achieve this level
of performance?

SolarGuard™ maintained stability in thickness
proving that its physical properties remain very
much intact despite EMMAQUA testing that
concentrates natural sunlight using 10 highly
reflective mirrors to create an intensity level of
approximately 8 suns!
SolarGuard™ meets a NFPA No. 101 Class A
flame spread index. Fire retardancy, achieved
through use of alumina trihydrate fillers, meets
UL 94 5V standards.

Technical
Information

SolarGuard™ is a non-haloginated
system...meaning that it contains no bromine and
no antimony, thereby reducing the risk of smokeborne toxicity.
SolarGuard™ requires less maintenance than
paint, wax or gel-coat alternatives used to
prolong the life of electrical enclosures in outdoor
environments.

Stahlin Enclosures

184

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

SolarGuard™ features proprietary double-protection
formulation technology that significantly enhances the
molecular bond strength and crosslinking that occurs
during the curing process in thermosetting polyester
sheet molding compounds (SMC). Stahlin’s
SolarGuard™ system fights polymer degradation by
making it much more difficult for UV light to attack
molecular bonds of both primary chains and
crosslinks.
A special UV Absorber is added to the
SolarGuard™ formulation which acts to absorb UV
energy, then to release it without damaging the
polymer chain. The neo-pentyl glycol (NPG) isopthalic
based resin system of SolarGuard™ ensures UL 94
5V fire retardancy, but provides a much stronger bond
of the polymer chain resulting in significantly improved
weathering resistance.
As the standard SMC formulation for all Stahlin
fiberglass electrical products, SolarGuard™ provides
an unsurpassed level of UV resistance, fire retardancy,
chemical resistance and safe, durable
performance...all without adding cost to Stahlin’s world
class electrical enclosures.

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 185

SolarGuard™ benefits

How SolarGuard™ Benefits You!
AT A GLANCE: DOUBLE PROTECTION THAT WORKS!
1.) THE SOLARGUARD™ WAY

2.) THE SOLARGUARD™ WAY

The SolarGuard™ formulation is a neopentyl glycol (NPG) isopthalic based resin
system that contains no bromine. Therefore,
there are no weak links in the polymer chain
making the UV energy required to break
these links significantly greater. The result?
SolarGuard™ SMC material provides much
better UV weathering characteristics. Fire
retardancy requirements are still achieved
and maintained via fillers that meet UL 94 5V
standards.

The special UV absorber is also added into
SolarGuard™ and works to absorb UV energy and
release it without damaging the polymer chain. This is
achieved by absorbing UV energy and emitting the light
at a different wavelength and frequency than that of the
electrons in the carbon-carbon bonds. This prevents the
polymer bonds from breaking apart. This material will
also absorb UV energy more readily than the links of the
polymer chain thus providing increased protection of the
polyester material and increased resistance to the
damaging effects of UV radiation.

THE SOLARGUARD™ DIFFERENCE
• Between a 32-and-60 % improvement, compared to
other SMC formulations, in its ability to retain gloss and
color after exposure to concentrated UV light.

• Excellent chemical resistance in both exposed vapor and
total submersion applications.
Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

• Potential toxic emissions have been eliminated or
substantially reduced from elimination of materials such
as bromine, tin and antimony. Other acid gasses have
been reduced or eliminated along with significant
reductions of black smoke when burned. This formulation
is considered to be non-haloginated.

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

185

Technical
Information

• Material thickness remains very stable, demonstrating
that the physical properties of SolarGuard™ are still very
much intact after rigorous testing.

• ASTM flame spread testing meets a NFPA No. 101
Class A (I) Flame Spread Index.

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 186

Technical
Information

A unique SMC system for maximizing polymer chain and crosslink bonding.
Up to 60% more UV-resistant compared with other available formulations.
Meets UL 94 5V Fire-Retardancy Standards plus NFPA No. 101 Class A Flame Spread Index.
Eliminates toxic bromine and antimony.
Available to you at NO additional finished-product cost.

Proof Through Performance

Technical
Information

Note: Product comparison data
resulting from independent,
third-party accelerated testing
can be obtained by contacting
Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures.

Stahlin Enclosures

186

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 187

SolarGuard™ Testing Procedures

Testing Procedures Used To Ensure That SolarGuard™
Meets Or Exceeds All Relative Industry Standards
– ASTM D 2244-93 Test Method for Calculation
of Color Difference from Instrumentally
Measured Color Coordinates

– UL 746 C Polymeric Materials Used In
Electrical Equipment Evaluations
– UL 50 Enclosures For Electrical Equipment

– ASTM E 308-96 Standard Practice for
Computing the Colors of Objects by Using the
CIE System

– UL 508 Industrial Control Panels.
Additional tests have been performed above and
beyond these industry guidelines to aid in
providing the end user with a premium product for
a broad range of uses. These tests were
performed using ASTM standards and other
government approved procedures. Test standards
and evaluation criteria are:

– ASTM D1729-96 Practice for Visual Appraisal
of Color and Color Difference of DiffuselyIlluminated Opaque Materials
– ASTM D 661-93 Method for Evaluating
Degree of Cracking of Exterior Paints
– SFTS-1 (Wash)) 92-03-30 Method of Cleaning
Exposed Specimens Prior to Inspection,
Method A, Washed With Deionized Water and
Soft Sponge

– Chemical resistance testing (submerged and
vapor), 37 various chemicals (acids, bases)
– ASTM E162 Flame Spread
– ASTM E662 Smoke Density

– ASTM D 523-89 (1999) Test Method for
Specular Gloss

– Particulate dust weight (NIOSH 05000), Acid
gases HBr, HCl, HNO3, HPO4, H2SO4
(NIOSH 7903), Cyanide (NIOSH 7904),
Metals (NIOSH 7300), VOC’s with TIC’s (EPA
TO-14/TO-15), PAH (NIOSH 5506), Carbon
Monoxide, Carbon Dioxide, Visual Fiberglass
(NIOSH 7400), Ammonia, NO, NO2, HS2.

– ASTM D 4214-89 Standard Test Methods for
Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of Exterior
Paint Films, Method D, Transparent Tape
Method
UV correlation testing has been performed using
accelerated artificial weathering devices. Tests
were performed using a QUV A Fluorescent Bulb
Weatherometer. The test method utilizes a QUV
machine, which consists of 2 banks of 4
fluorescent lights each that emit light in the UV-A
(340 nm) wavelength. This UV wavelength
simulates normal outdoor sunlight. The second
part of the test utilizes water vapor to simulate
rain/fog. The exposure cycle consist of alternating
4 hours of UV-A at 65 degree C and 4 hours of
100% relative humidity at 50 degree C. Testing is
in accordance with ASTM G154 specifications.

Additional UV testing has been performed under
the following guidelines and evaluation criteria.
Exposure testing is performed in Arizona in
accordance with ASTM G90-98, Spray Cycle 1
(EMMAQUA, day spray with nighttime wetting).
– ASTM G 147-96 Standard Practice for
Conditioning and Handling of Non-Metallic
Materials for Natural and Artificial Weathering
Test
– ASTM G 90-98 Standard Practice for
Performing Accelerated Outdoor Weathering
of Non-Metallic Materials Using Concentrated
Natural Sunlight

Technical
Information

– ASTM D 660-93 Method for Evaluating
Degree Checking of Exterior Paints

Stahlin Enclosures

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

187

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 188

Glossary
Glossary

Industry Acronyms and Enclosure Terms
ANCE National Standardization and
Certification of the Electrical Sector Association
Col. Fuentes de Tecamachalco Naucalpan de
Juarez C.P. 53950, Edo. de Mexico ANCE performs standards functions in Mexico which are
similar to those of ANSI in the United States and
CSA in Canada.

Compression Set A physical property of
gasket materials, the difference between the initial height of a never compressed gasket and the
same gasket after being compressed for a given
time period divided by the original height and
expressed as a percentage. A lower number is
desirable.

ANSI American National Standards Institute
1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018

Compressive Strength
Describes how much weight a non-moving,
specified size and shape a material can withstand before crushed. Compressive strength is
measured in thousands of pounds per square
inch. Higher numbers indicate stronger materials.

Arc Resistance
Measures electrical-breakdown conditions. Arc
resistance is measured as time, in seconds that it
takes for an electrical current to arc across a distance along the insulating surface. The higher the
value, the greater the resistance to break down.
ASTM American Society for Testing and
Materials 100 Barr Harbor Drive Conshohocken,
PA 19428

Conduction 1. Electrical — The flow of electrical current in a material. 2. Thermal — The
transfer of kinetic energy from one molecule to
another as heat flows from a hot area to a cold
area.
Continuity A low impedance conducting path
between conductors in an electrical system.

Attenuation A measure of the ability to contain or repel EMI/RFI energy.
Bonding Establishing a low impedance conducting path between conductors in an electrical
system.
BTU British Thermal Unit. A measure of the
amount of heat required to raise the temperature
of 1 lb. of water 1°F. This unit is commonly used
to rate air conditioning capacity.

Convection The transfer of heat by mixing fluids, either naturally or forced as by a fan or air
conditioning.
Cover The unhinged portion of an enclosure
that closes an opening.
CSA Canadian Standards Association 178
Rexdale Boulevard Etobicoke, Ontario Canada
M9W 1R3

CANENA Council for Harmonization of
Electrotechnical Standardization of North
America, harmonizes standards among Canada,
Mexico and the United States.

Glossary

Composite The combination of reinforcing
fibers, usually glass or carbon, and a polymer
resin. The fiber reinforcement provides physical
properties which exceed the resin alone.

Stahlin Enclosures

188

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 189

Industry Acronyms and Enclosure Terms
dB (decibel) Unit to express the effectiveness
of a material or system in reducing electromagnetic interference. If an enclosure reduces the EMI
by 30 dB, the power of the interfering wave will be
reduced by a factor of 1000 in passing through the
enclosure. The equation for calculating attenuation in decibels is dB = 10 log10 (P1/P2) where
P1 = power of the interference wave before it
passes through the enclosure, P2 = power of the
wave after it has been reduced (attenuated) by the
enclosure.

specimen dimension, are the same. Because of
this, the dielectric-strength test results are of relative rather that absolute value as specification
guides.
Door The hinged portion of an enclosure that
closes an opening.
Electromagnetic Emission Electrical energy radiated into the environment intentionally by
an antenna or incidentally by an electronic component or power equipment during a switching operation.

Deflection Temperature Under Load
(DTUL)
Measure the temperature at which a material
deflects a given amount under a given load. It was
developed for thermoplastic materials which soften considerably when heated. It has a relatively
little value as a design figure for reinforced thermosetting polymers.

Electromagnetic Field Invisible fields which
surround energized conductors such as wires and
antennas. A field has both electric and magnetic
components.
Electromagnetic Immunity The capability
of an electronic component or electrical equipment to perform its intended function in the presence of external electromagnetic fields.

Density
Is the weight of a materials per unit volume. It is
measured in pounds per cubic foot (lbs./cu. Ft).
Higher numbers indicate heavier materials.

EMI ElectroMagnetic Interference. Randomly
radiated electrical energy which varies in frequency and intensity and is coupled to electronic systems with undesirable results. Sources include
power lines, high voltage equipment, switches,
relays or any device that generates an electric
spark or corona.

Design Test Tests to confirm performance of a
product designed to an applicable standard, not
intended to be a production test.
Dielectric Strength
Is an indication of the electrical strength of a
material as an insulator. The specimen is placed
between heavy cylindrical brass electrodes that
carry electrical current. For short-term tests, the
voltage is increased from zero to breakdown at a
uniform rate. Breakdown by these tests means
passage of sudden excessive current through the
specimen; it can be verified by instruments and
visible damage. The dielectric strength of an insulating material is the voltage gradient at which
electric failure or breakdown occurs. The dielectric
strengths of materials vary greatly with several
conditions such as humidity and geometry. Is is
not possible to apply the standard test values
directly to field use unless all condition, including

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

EMP ElectroMagnetic Pulse. Interference
caused by a large and sudden electrical discharge
such as lightning.

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

189

Glossary

Stahlin Enclosures

EMC ElectroMagnetic Compatibility. The ability
of electronic equipment to perform its intended
function in the presence of EMI and RFI disturbances without affecting proper operation.

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 190

Glossary
Glossary

Industry Acronyms and Enclosure Terms
Enclosure A surrounding case constructed to
provide a degree of protection to personnel
against incidental contact with the enclosed
equipment and to provide a degree of protection
to the enclosed equipment. Enclosure Type definitions describe the application and the environmental conditions for which an enclosure will provide protection.

hz, hertz The measure of frequency, defined
as one cycle/sec.
IEC -International Electrotechnical Commission
1 Rue de Varembei CH-1211 Geneva 20,
Switzerland
Indoor Locations Areas which are protected
from exposure to the weather.

EU European Union
Flammability 94V-0 is a rating which is used
to establish the flammability of enclosure materials. It is performed by exposing a specimen of
the material in a vertical position to a flame and
determining if it burns and for how long it continues to burn after the flame is removed.
Flexural Strength
Also known as bending strength. It describes how
much of a non-moving weight can be applied
before a materials yields or breaks. It is measured in thousands of pounds per square inch.
Higher numbers mean the material is stronger
and can withstand a heavier load.
Grounding Intentionally establishing a low
impedance current path between conducting
materials at the same potential, not necessarily
energized, of an electrical system and the earth
at zero potential. Grounds are extremely critical
to protect equipment and personnel from electrical shock.
Hazardous Area Area where electrical equipment is installed and ignitable flammable gases
and vapors; flammable and combustible liquids;
combustible dusts or ignitable fibers and flyings
are or could be present. See National Electrical
Code, Articles 501-505 and 511-517.
Heat Deflection Temperature The temperature at which a composite specimen begins
to deflect when exposed to a prescribed load.

Impact Strength –IZOD
A measure of how much energy is absorbed by
the material when it is broken by a moving
weight. There area many different test methods
for measuring impact. IZOD is but one of these
methods. IZOD is measured in foot pounds per
inch of width. (This is sometimes given as foot
pounds per inch of notch.) Higher numbers mean
that the materials will absorb more energy before
it is broken by a moving weight.
K Factor A measure of the effectiveness of a
material as a thermal insulator. It represents the
quantity of heat which can pass through one
square foot of material in one hour for every
degree Fahrenheit of temperature difference
across one inch of material thickness.
Mhz, Megahertz A measure of frequency,
defined as one million cycles/sec.
Mold Shrinkage
Is the difference in dimensions between the cold
mold and cold part.
NEC National Electric Code, an NFPA document.
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers
Association 1300 North 17th St, Suite 1847
Rosslyn, VA 22209
NFPA National Fire Protection Association 1
Batterymarch Park P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA
02269-9101

Glossary

Heat Distortion Temperature See Heat
Deflection Temperature, both terms are used.
Stahlin Enclosures

190

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 191

Industry Acronyms and Enclosure Terms
Non-hazardous Areas Area where electrical
equipment is installed and ignitable flammable
gases and vapors; flammable and combustible
liquids; combustible dusts or ignitable fibers and
flyings are not present. See NEC Articles 501501 and 511-517 as well as the above definition
of Hazardous Areas.

Specific Gravity
Is the ration of the density of a material to the
density of water. It can be obtained by dividing a
material’s density in lbs/ft to the 3rd power by
62.36.
Specific Heat
(Thermal Capacity) Defines how much heat is
needed to raise the temperature of one pound of
material one degree F. It is measured in BTUs
per pound per degree Fahrenheit (BTU/lb/~).
Higher numbers mean that it takes more heat
energy to raise the temperature of a material.

Non-ventilated Constructed so as to provide
no intentional circulation of external air through
the enclosure.
Ohms per Square A measurement unit for
electrical continuity of the metal coating applied
internally to fiberglass enclosures for EMI/RFI
shielding. The surface resistance (conductivity)
measurement is without units because the surface areas does not influence the reading, i.e.,
measurements will yield the same result over 1
in2, 1 cm2 or 1 m2.

Strip Gasket The neoprene material which is
cut in strips and attached to the enclosure with
an adhesive.
Temperature Rise The temperature difference between air inside the enclosure and the
ambient air outside the enclosure.

Outdoor Locations Areas which are
exposed to the weather.

Tensile Elongation
When a specified size and shape bar of a material is pulled, it gets longer. Elongation tells how
much longer it gets before it breaks.

Relative Permittivity
Is the ration of the capacitance of a particular
material to the capacitance of air. The relative
permittivity of most insulating materials varies
from 2 to 10, air having 1. Higher values indicate
greater insulating qualities.

Tensile Modulus
Measure of the ability of a material to withstand
load without permanent deformation. It is normally measured as the slope of a the straight line
portion of a plot of stress vs. strain. Is is measured in millions of pounds per square inch.

RFI Radio Frequency Interference.
Interference caused by radio waves which
emanate from commercial radio and television
stations, amateur radio broadcasts, radar,
microwave ovens, etc. Radio waves are usually
well defined in terms of amplitude and frequency.

Tensile Strength
Describes how much of a non-moving load a
material can withstand before it no longer returns
to its original length upon removal of the load.
Tensile strength is measured in thousands of
pounds per square inch. Higher numbers indicate
materials which can withstand a stronger pull
before failure.

Seamless Gasket The polymer gasket which
is automatically dispensed and chemically reacts
to form a gasket which has no seams.
SMC Sheet Molding Compound. The fiberglass-polyester material used to mold Stahlin
Enclosures. The compression molding process
used to make Stahlin fiberglass enclosures.

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

191

Glossary

Stahlin Enclosures

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 192

Glossary
Glossary

Industry Acronyms and Enclosure Terms

Underwriters Laboratories
333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, IL 60062
ULC Underwriters Laboratories of Canada
7 Crouse Road
Scarborough, Ontario
Canada M1R 3A9

Thermal Coefficient of Expansion
Measures how much the length of a material will
change when the material is heated or cooled.
The value given is based on the inch as a unit.
The number given shows how much this materials will increase in length if the temperature of
the material is raised one degree Fahrenheit
(in/in/˚F). Higher numbers mean that the material
will expand or lengthen more for each degree
rise in temperature. Smaller numbers indicate relative stability to change no matter what temperature.

UL

Thermal Conductivity
Known as the K factor. It measures the transfer of
heat from one side of a material to the other side.
It is measured as BTUs per hour per unit area
(square feet) for a thickness of one inch and a
temperature difference of one degree Fahrenheit
between both sides of the material in the same
amount of time.

Ventilated Constructed so as to provide for
the circulation of external air through the enclosure to remove excess heat, fumes, or vapors.

Thermal Radiation The transfer of energy
by electromagnetic waves.
Thermoplastic A polymer which becomes
solid when the temperature falls below its melting
point. A thermoplastic polymer, once cured, can
be reheated, melted and shaped into something
else.

UV Ultraviolet Light. The component of sun
light above the visible spectrum that affects polymer materials in long term exposures.

Volume Resistivity
Is the electrical resistance between opposite
aces of a unit cube (1 cm to the 3rd power) of a
given material. This resistance is expressed in
ohms. Higher values indicate greater insulating
qualities.
Water Absorption A physical property of
materials. A specimen of the material is
weighed, placed in water for 24 hours and
reweighed. The difference between the initial
weight and the weight after water exposure is
expressed as a percentage.

Thermoset A polymer which is cured at a
given temperature, an irreversible chemical reaction. A thermoset polymer, once cured, cannot
be heated again and shaped into something else.

Glossary

Torque Torque is the tendency of a force to
rotate an object about an axis. Just as a force is
a push or pull, torque can be thought of as a
twist. The unit of measure is generally expressed
in foot pounds or inch pounds.

Stahlin Enclosures

192

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 193

Stahlin Enclosures Catalog Part Number Index
Prefix Family . . . . . . . .Suffix

Page No.

Prefix Family . . . . . . . .Suffix

Page No.

DiamondShield Series

14 - 39

Classic Series . . . .

40 - 53

DiamondShield Opaque Cover Series

16 - 21

Classic Opaque Cover Series

40 - 45

DS60604 thru 201610 . . . . . . . .W

16, 20, 21

CL707 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . . . .W

40, 45

DS60604 thru 201610 . . . . . . . .HW

17, 20, 21

CL707 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . . . .HW

41, 45

DS60604 thru 201610 . . . . . . . .HPL

18, 20, 21

CL707 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . . . .HL

42, 45

DS60604 thru 201610 . . . . . . . .HLL

19, 20, 21

CL1311 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . . .HLL

43, 45

DiamondShield Clear Cover Series

22 - 27

CL707 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . . . .HPL

44, 45

DSCC60604 thru 16148 . . . . . .W

22, 26, 27

Classic Window Series . .

48 - 53

DSCC60604 thru 16148 . . . . . .HW

23, 26, 27

CLW1311 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .W

48, 52, 53

DSCC60604 thru 16148 . . . . . .HPL

24, 26, 27

CLW707 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . .HW

49, 52, 53

DSCC60604 thru 16148 . . . . . .HLL

25, 26, 27

CLW1311 thru 1513 . . . . . . . .HLL

50, 52, 53

DiamondShield Window Series

28 - 31

CLW707 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . .HPL

51, 52, 53

DSW60604 thru 201610 . . . . . .HPL

28, 30, 31

DSW100806 thru 201610 . . . . .HLL

29, 30, 31

Small Junction Series

54- 59

DiamondShield Panels

32 - 37

CF332 thru 1732 . . . . . . . . . . .None

56, 57

P806 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . .ASAL

35

F763 thru 963 . . . . . . . . . . . . .None

58, 59

CP606 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .AL

36

BP66 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . .AL,CS,SS,FG

36

P806 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . .SWAL

37

PushButton Series

60 - 67

P606 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . .STAL

37

CF1PB thru 6PB . . . . . . . . . . .None

62 - 63

DiamondShield Panel Kits

38 - 39

CF1PB thru 6PB . . . . . . . . . . .-22

64 - 65

F4PBW thru 9PBW . . . . . . . . .None

66 - 67

J / RJ Series

68 - 107

Panel and Accessory Combination Kits, Includes Panel
Panel Accessory Kits, Panel NOT Included
Other Accessory Kits
DiamondShield Cover Only 39

J Series – Opaque Cover

68 - 77

DS606 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .CVR

39

J604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .W

70, 75, 76, 77

DSCC606 thru 1614 . . . . . . . . .CVR

39

J604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HW

71, 75, 76, 77

DSW606 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . .CVR

39

J604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HLL

72, 75, 76, 77

J604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HPL

73, 75, 76, 77

J806 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .FHW

74, 75, 76, 77

J1008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FHAPL

76
continued next page

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

193

Glossary

Stahlin Enclosures

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 194

Index

Catalog Part Number Index

Glossary

Prefix Family

Suffix

Page No.

Prefix Family

J / RJ Series continued

68 - 107

PolyStar™ Series

JW Series w/ Window

78 - 81

JW604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HLL

78, 80, 81

JW604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HPL

79, 80, 81

RJ Raised Cover Series

82 - 87

RJ604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .W

82, 86, 87

RJ604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HW

Suffix

Page No.
108 - 113

PC606 thru 1816

None

110, 112

PC606 thru 1816

CC

111, 112

PolyStar Swing Panel Kits

PC606PK thru
PC1816SPK

113

PCSNK

113

83, 86, 87

PCSPMK

113

RJ604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HLL

82, 86, 87

PCLATCHKIT

113

RJ604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HPL

85, 86, 87

PCACCESSORYKIT 113

RJW Raised Cover w/ Window

88 - 91

RJW1008 thru 1816 . . . . . . . . .HLL

88, 90, 91

RJW604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . .HPL

88, 89, 91

JCC Clear Cover Series

92 - 99

JCC808 thru 1212 . . . . . . . . . . .W

92, 99

JCC808 thru 1212 . . . . . . . . . . .HW

93, 99

JCC808 thru 1212 . . . . . . . . . . .HLL

Accessories

DuraBoxx® Series

114 - 119

DuraBoxx® Series Flush Fitting Cover

116 - 119

D333 thru 16165 . . . . . . . . .W

116 - 117

DL18127 thru 24168 . . . . . .W

118 - 119

94, 99

DuraBoxx® Series Clear Cover

117

JCC808 thru 1212 . . . . . . . . . . .HPL

95, 99

DCC554 thru 594 . . . . . . . . .W

117

JCC808 thru 1212 . . . . . . . . . . .FHW

96, 99

DuraBoxx® Series Back Panels

153

JCC808 thru 1212 . . . . . . . . . . .FHLL

97, 99

D333 thru 16165 . . . . . . . . .BP

153

JCC808 thru 1212 . . . . . . . . . . .FHPL

99, 99

DL18127 thru 24168 . . . . . .BP

153

FatBoy SSH Series

100 - 105

J8068 thru 201617 . . . . . . . . . .SSH

101 - 102

J8088 thru 201617 . . . . . . . . . .SSH

103 - 105

NewSentry Series

120 - 123

J442 thru 12126 . . . . . . . . . .PVC

122 - 123

TeleControl Series

106 - 107

J1407 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TC

106 - 107

N Series

124 - 139

Opaque Cover

126 - 133

N16107 thru 363613 . . . . . .HWT

126, 132-133

N16107 thru 363613 . . . . . .FHLWT

127, 132-133

N24126 thru 363012 . . . . . .WT

128, 132-133

N20168 thru 363613 . . . . . .RT

129, 132-133

N20168 thru 363613 . . . . . .FHLRT

130, 132-133

N20208 thru 363613 . . . . . .no suffix

131, 132-133

Stahlin Enclosures

194

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 195

Stahlin Enclosures Catalog Part Number Index
Prefix Family . . . . . . . .Suffix

Page No.

N Series continued

Prefix Family . . . . . . . .Suffix

Page No.

Accessories

144 - 159

PluggIt

145

Breather & Drain Vents

144

Back Panels

150- 331

NW Series – Bonded Window

134-135

NW201610 thru NW483612 . . .HW T

134 - 135

Control Tower

139

N483612 thru 603616 . . . . . . . .No Suffix

139

N483612 thru 603624 . . . . . . . .HWT

139

N483612 thru 603616 . . . . . . . .FHLWT

139

N483612 thru 603616 . . . . . . . .RT

139

Back Panel – N Series

N722525 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FS

139

BP1610 thru 9072 . . . . . . . . . .AL, CS

151

N722418 thru 903636 . . . . . . . .FSHWT

139

BP1610 thru 3636 . . . . . . . . . .SS

151

N722418 thru 903620 . . . . . . . .FSRT

139

Back Panel – C Disconnect

N364812 thru 54428 . . . . . . . . .DDHWT

139

BP2016 thru 3630 . . . . . . . . . .CD

N364812 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DDFHLWT

139

N364812 thru 54428 . . . . . . . . .DDRT

139

N724818 thru 726018 . . . . . . . .FSDD

139

N604810 thru 907236 . . . . . . . .FSDDHWT

139

N727212 thru 727220 . . . . . . . .FSDDFHLWT

139

N606012 thru 727218 . . . . . . . .FSDDRT

139

N722525 thru 723618 . . . . . . . .FSFHLWT

139

Back Panel – DS, J, JCC, RJ, CL, PC, F
BP64 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . .AL, FG, SS, CS

150

150

Dead Front Panels
Classic Series
DF707 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . . . .no suffix

154

J Series ..............
1008 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .DF

155

N Series .............
2016 thru 3630 . . . . . . . . . . . .DF

155

Fiberglass Trough & Strut

158 - 159

Disconnect Enclosures

140 - 143

FT6612 thru 66120 . . . . . . . . .None

158

C2016 thru C3630 . . . . . . . . . . .None

142 - 143

20P2000 thru 20P1000 . . . . . .None

159

Other Accessories

144 - 159

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

195

Glossary

Stahlin Enclosures

Notes_2011_2_Notes_2011_1 8/22/11 8:19 PM Page 196

Notes

Stahlin Enclosures

196

•

500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809

•

Phone: 616-794-0700

•

Fax: 616-794-3378

•

www.stahlin.com

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures
500 Maple Street
Belding, MI 48809

C

M

Y

Phone: 616-794-0700
Fax: 616-794-3378
Website: www.stahlin.com

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures
A Member of The Robroy Industries Group

©2011 Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
Author                          : SE-400 Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures Catalog
Create Date                     : 2011:08:22 14:08:50-05:00
Keywords                        : SE-400, Stahlin, Non-Metallic, Enclosures, Catalog
Modify Date                     : 2011:10:28 09:16:46-04:00
X Press Private                 : %%DocumentProcessColors: Cyan Magenta Yellow Black.%%EndComments
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37
Creator Tool                    : QuarkXPress(R) 8.5
Metadata Date                   : 2011:10:28 09:16:46-04:00
Producer                        : QuarkXPress(R) 8.5
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : SE-400 Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures Catalog
Description                     : SE-400 Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures Catalog
Creator                         : SE-400 Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures Catalog
Subject                         : SE-400 Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures Catalog
Document ID                     : uuid:bd136581-c99c-cc4a-a1cc-aacba511b824
Instance ID                     : uuid:e7865b39-de6c-464f-9fa1-e2b23d38f0b4
Page Layout                     : OneColumn
Page Mode                       : UseThumbs
Page Count                      : 198

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools